IBM Personal Computer
PC 300 Series
IntelliStation
Volume 3:
Hardware
Maintenance
Manual
June, 2000
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 339)
This Manual Supports:
300 Series, Type
6584
6594
IntelliStation, Type
6866
6867
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM Personal Computer
PC 300 Series
IntelliStation
Volume 3:
Hardware
Maintenance
Manual
June, 2000
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 339)
IBM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note
Before using this information and the product it
supports, be sure to read the general information
under “Notices” on page 348.
Second Edition (January 2000)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United
Kingdom or any country where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions,
therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or
typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to
the information herein; these changes will be incorporated
in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
program(s) described in this publication at any time.
This publication was developed for products and services
offered in the United States of America. IBM may not offer
the products, services, or features discussed in this
document in other countries, and the information is subject
to change without notice. Consult your local IBM
representative for information on the products, services,
and features available in your area.
Requests for technical information about IBM products
should be made to your IBM reseller or IBM marketing
representative.
Copyright International Business Machines
Corporation 2000. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government users–Documentation related to
Restricted rights–Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
ii IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About this manual
This (Volume 3) manual contains service and reference
information for the IBM Personal Computer 300 Series,
and the IBM Profession Workstation IntelliStation Type
computers listed in front of this manual.
For other type PC300/700, IntelliStation computers, refer
to:
Ÿ
IBM Personal Computer, Volume 1, Hardware
Maintenance Manual, form number S83G-7789
IBM Personal Computer, Volume 2, Hardware
Maintenance Manual, (including the Aptiva
2173/2178/2198), form number, S00N-4019.
Ÿ
This manual is divided into product service sections, by
type, and a related service section as follows:
Ÿ
The product service sections include procedures for
isolating problems to a FRU, a Symptom-to-FRU
Index, additional service information, models listing,
and an illustrated parts catalog.
Ÿ
The related service section includes safety notices
and safety information, and problem determination
tips.
Important
This manual is intended for trained servicers who are
familiar with IBM Personal Computer products. Use
this manual along with advanced diagnostic tests to
troubleshoot problems effectively.
Before servicing an IBM product, be sure to review the
“Safety notices (multi-lingual translations)” on
page 308 and “Safety information” on page 332.
Important safety information
Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this
book before performing any of the instructions.
Leia todas as instruções de cuidado e perigo antes de
executar qualquer operação.
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Prenez connaissance de toutes les consignes de type
Attention et
Danger avant de procéder aux opérations décrites par les
instructions.
Lesen Sie alle Sicherheitshinweise, bevor Sie eine
Anweisung ausführen.
Accertarsi di leggere tutti gli avvisi di attenzione e di
pericolo prima di effettuare qualsiasi operazione.
iv IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Lea atentamente todas las declaraciones de precaución y
peligro ante
de llevar a cabo cualquier operación.
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related publications
The following publications are available for IBM products.
For more information, contact IBM or an IBM Authorized
Dealer.
For Information About
See Publication
PC300/700 and IntelliStation
computers - Volume 1 HMM
IBM Personal Computer
Hardware Maintenance
Manual Volume 1
(S83G-7789)
PC300 and IntelliStation
computers (Including Aptiva
2173, 2178, 2198) - Volume
2 HMM
IBM Personal Computer
Hardware Maintenance
Manual Volume 2
(S00N-4019)
PS/2 Computers
IBM Personal System/2
Hardware Maintenance
Manual (S52G-9971)
PS/ValuePoint Computers
IBM PS/ValuePoint
Hardware Maintenance
Service and Reference
(S61G-1423)
Laptop, Notebook, Portable,
and ThinkPad Computers
(L40, CL57, N45, N51,
P70/P75, ThinkPad 300,
350, 500, 510, 710T,
Expansion Unit, Dock I,
Dock II)
IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance
Manual Volume 1
(S82G-1501)
ThinkPad Computers
(ThinkPad 340, 355, 360,
370, 700, 701, 720, 750,
755)
IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance
Manual Volume 2
(S82G-1502)
ThinkPad Computers
(ThinkPad 365, 560, 760,
SelectaDock)
IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance
Manual Volume 3
(S82G-1503)
Monitors (Displays)
(February 1993)
IBM PS/2 Display HMM
Volume 1 (SA38-0053)
Monitors
(December 1993)
IBM Color Monitor HMM
Volume 2 (S71G-4197)
IBM Monitors (P/G Series)
(June 1996)
IBM Monitor HMM
Volume 3 (S52H-3679)
IBM 2248 Monitor
(February 1996)
IBM Monitor HMM
Volume 4 (S52H-3739)
Disk Array technology
overview and using the IBM
RAID Configuration Program
Configuring Your Disk Array
booklet (S82G-1506)
Installation Planning for
Personal System/2
computers
Personal System/2
Installation Planning and
Beyond (G41G-2927)
Installation Planning for
Advanced Personal
System/2 Servers
Advanced PS/2 Servers
Planning and Selection
Guide (GG24-3927)
vi IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
About this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Important safety information
. . . . . . . . . . iii
Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes
. . .
1
PC 300 - 6584/6594 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . . 32
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Additional service information
. . . . . . . . . . . 46
Computer exploded view (Type 6584)
Computer exploded view (Type 6594)
. . . . . . . 61
. . . . . . . 70
System board layout
Riser cards (Type 6584) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Riser card (Type 6594) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 105
Parts (Type 6584) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Parts (Type 6594) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
IntelliStation - 6866
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . 132
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Additional service information
Computer exploded view (Type 6866)
System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Beep symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
. . . . . . . . . . 144
. . . . . . 163
Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 207
Parts (Type 6866) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
IntelliStation - 6867
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . 232
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Additional service information
Computer exploded view (Type 6867)
. . . . . . . . . . 245
. . . . . . 260
System board layout
Riser card (Type 6867)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 295
Parts (Type 6867) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Related Service Information . . . . . . . . . . 307
Safety notices (multi-lingual translations) . . . . . 308
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Copyright IBM Corp. 2000
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Miscellaneous information . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Send us your comments! . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Do you need technical references? . . . . . . . . 340
Problem determination tips . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
viii IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error
codes
Refer to the following Diagnostic Error Codes when using
the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test. See “Diagnostic
and test information” section for information about the IBM
PC Enhanced Diagnostics program.
In the following index, “X” can represent any number.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
000-000-XXX
1. No action
BIOS Test Passed
000-002-XXX
1. Flash the system
BIOS Timeout
2. System board
000-024-XXX
1. Flash the system
BIOS Addressing test failure
2. System board
000-025-XXX
BIOS Checksum Value error
1. Flash the system
2. Boot block
3. System board
000-026-XXX
FLASH data error
1. Flash the system
2. Boot block
3. System board
000-027-XXX
BIOS Configuration/Setup
error
1. Run Setup
2. Flash the system
3. Boot block
4. System board
000-034-XXX
BIOS Buffer Allocation
failure
1. Reboot the system
2. Flash the system
3. Run memory test
4. System board
000-035-XXX
BIOS Reset Condition
detected
1. Flash the system
2. System board
000-036-XXX
BIOS Register error
1. Flash the system
2. Boot block
3. System board
000-038-XXX
BIOS Extension failure
1. Flash the system
2. Adapter card
3. System board
000-039-XXX
1. Flash the system
BIOS DMI data error
2. System board
000-195-XXX
BIOS Test aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
000-196-XXX
BIOS test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
Copyright IBM Corp. 2000
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
000-197-XXX
1. Make sure
BIOS test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
000-198-XXX
BIOS test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to the
“Undetermined
problem” section.
000-199-XXX
BIOS test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test.
3. Replace component
under function test.
000-250-XXX
1. Flash the system
BIOS APM failure
2. System board
000-270-XXX
1. Flash the system
BIOS ACPI failure
2. System board
001-000-XXX
1. No action
System Test Passed
001-00X-XXX
System Error
1. System board
1. System board
1. System board
001-01X-XXX
System Error
001-024-XXX
System Addressing test
failure
001-025-XXX
System Checksum Value
error
1. Flash the system
2. System board
001-026-XXX
1. Flash the system
System FLASH data error
2. System board
001-027-XXX
1. Run Setup
System Configuration/Setup
error
2. Flash the system
3. System board
001-032-XXX
1. System board
System Device Controller
failure
001-034-XXX
System Device Buffer
Allocation failure
1. Reboot the system
2. Flash the system
3. Run memory test
4. System board
2
IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
001-035-XXX
1. System board
System Device Reset
condition detected
001-036-XXX
1. System board
System Register error
001-038-XXX
1. Adapter card
System Extension failure
2. System board
001-039-XXX
1. Flash the system
System DMI data structure
error
2. System board
001-040-XXX
System IRQ failure
1. Power-off/on system
and re-test
2. System board
001-041-XXX
System DMA failure
1. Power-off/on system
and re-test
2. System board
001-195-XXX
System Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
001-196-XXX
System test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
001-197-XXX
1. Make sure
System test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
001-198-XXX
System test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
001-199-XXX
System test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
001-250-XXX
1. System board
System ECC error
001-254-XXX
001-255-XXX
001-256-XXX
001-257-XXX
System DMA error
1. System board
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
001-260-XXX
1. System board
001-264-XXX
System IRQ error
001-268-XXX
1. device on IRQ1
System IRQ1 failure
2. System board
001-269-XXX
1. device on IRQ2
System IRQ2 failure
2. System board
001-270-XXX
1. device on IRQ3
System IRQ3 failure
2. System board
001-271-XXX
1. device on IRQ4
System IRQ4 failure
2. System board
001-272-XXX
1. device on IRQ5
System IRQ5 failure
2. System board
001-273-XXX
System IRQ6 (diskette
drive) failure
1. Diskette Cable
2. Diskette drive
3. System board
001-274-XXX
1. device on IRQ7
System IRQ7 failure
2. System board
001-275-XXX
1. device on IRQ8
System IRQ8 failure
2. System board
001-276-XXX
1. device on IRQ9
System IRQ9 failure
2. System board
001-277-XXX
1. device on IRQ10
System IRQ10 failure
2. System board
001-278-XXX
1. device on IRQ11
System IRQ11 failure
2. System board
001-279-XXX
1. device on IRQ12
System IRQ12 failure
2. System board
001-280-XXX
1. device on IRQ13
System IRQ13 failure
2. System board
001-281-XXX
System IRQ14 (hard disk
drive) failure
1. Hard disk drive Cable
2. Hard disk drive
3. System board
001-282-XXX
1. device on IRQ15
System IRQ15 failure
2. System board
001-286-XXX
1. System board
001-287-XXX
001-288-XXX
System Timer failure
001-292-XXX
System CMOS RAM error
1. Run Setup and
re-test
2. System board
001-293-XXX
1. Battery
System CMOS Battery
2. System board
001-298-XXX
1. Flash the system
System RTC date/time
update failure
2. System board
001-299-XXX
1. System board
System RTC periodic
interrupt failure
4
IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
001-300-XXX
1. System board
System RTC Alarm failure
001-301-XXX
1. Flash the system
System RTC Century byte
error
2. System board
005-000-XXX
1. No action
Video Test Passed
005-00X-XXX
Video error
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-010-XXX
005-011-XXX
005-012-XXX
005-013-XXX
Video Signal failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-016-XXX
1. Video Ram
Video Simple Pattern test
failure
2. Video card, if installed
3. System board
005-024-XXX
Video Addressing test
failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-025-XXX
Video Checksum Value
error
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-027-XXX
1. Run Setup
Video Configuration/Setup
error
2. Video drivers update
3. Video card, if installed
4. System board
005-031-XXX
Video Device Cable failure
1. Video cable
2. Monitor
3. Video card, if installed
4. System board
005-032-XXX
Video Device Controller
failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-036-XXX
Video Register error
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-038-XXX
System BIOS extension
failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-040-XXX
Video IRQ failure
1. Video card, if
installed
2. System board
005-195-XXX
Video Test aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
005-196-XXX
Video test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
005-197-XXX
1. Make sure
Video test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
005-198-XXX
Video test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
005-199-XXX
Video test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
005-2XX-XXX
005-3XX-XXX
1. Video card, if
installed
Video subsystem error
2. System board
006-000-XXX
Diskette interface Test
Passed
1. No action
006-0XX-XXX
Diskette interface error
1. Diskette drive Cable
2. Diskette drive
3. System board
006-195-XXX
Diskette interface Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
006-196-XXX
Diskette interface test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
006-197-XXX
Diskette interface test
warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
6
IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
006-198-XXX
Diskette interface test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
006-199-XXX
Diskette interface test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
006-25X-XXX
Diskette interface Error
1. Diskette drive Cable
2. Diskette drive
3. System board
011-000-XXX
1. No action
Serial port Interface Test
Passed
011-001-XXX
Serial port Presence
1. Remove external
serial device, if
present
2. Run setup, enable port
3. System board
011-002-XXX
011-003-XXX
Serial port Timeout/Parity
error
1. System board
011-013-XXX
1. System board
011-014-XXX
Serial port Control
Signal/Loopback test failure
011-015-XXX
1. Wrap plug
Serial port External
Loopback failure
2. System board
011-027-XXX
Serial port
1. Run Setup, enable
port
Configuration/Setup error
2. Flash the system
3. System board
011-03X-XXX
011-04X-XXX
Serial port failure
1. System board
011-195-XXX
Serial port Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
011-196-XXX
Serial port test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
011-197-XXX
1. Make sure
Serial port test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
011-198-XXX
Serial port test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
011-199-XXX
Serial port test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
011-2XX-XXX
1. External serial device
Serial port signal failure
2. System board
014-000-XXX
1. No action
Parallel port Interface Test
Passed
014-001-XXX
Parallel port Presence
1. Remove external
parallel device, if
present
2. Run setup, enable port
3. System board
014-002-XXX
014-003-XXX
Parallel port Timeout/Parity
error
1. System board
014-013-XXX
1. System board
014-014-XXX
Parallel port Control
Signal/Loopback test failure
014-015-XXX
1. Wrap plug
Parallel port External
Loopback failure
2. System board
014-027-XXX
Parallel port
1. Run Setup, enable
port
Configuration/Setup error
2. Flash the system
3. System board
014-03X-XXX
1. System board
014-04X-XXX
Parallel port failure
014-195-XXX
Parallel port Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
8
IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
014-196-XXX
Parallel port test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
014-197-XXX
1. Make sure
Parallel port test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
014-198-XXX
Parallel port test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
014-199-XXX
Parallel port test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
014-2XX-XXX
014-3XX-XXX
1. External parallel
device
Parallel port failure
2. System board
015-000-XXX
1. No action
USB port Interface Test
Passed
015-001-XXX
USB port Presence
1. Remove USB
Device(s) and re-test
2. System board
015-002-XXX
USB port Timeout
1. Remove USB
Device(s) and re-test
2. System board
015-015-XXX
USB port External Loopback
failure
1. Remove USB
Device(s) and re-test
2. System board
015-027-XXX
1. Flash the system
USB port
2. System board
Configuration/Setup error
015-032-XXX
1. System board
USB port Device Controller
failure
015-034-XXX
USB port buffer allocation
failure
1. Reboot the system
2. Flash the system
3. Run memory test
4. System board
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
015-035-XXX
1. Remove USB
USB port Reset condition
detected
Device(s) and re-test
2. System board
015-036-XXX
1. System board
USB port Register error
015-040-XXX
USB port IRQ failure
1. Run setup and check
for conflicts
2. Flash the system
3. System board
015-195-XXX
USB port Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
015-196-XXX
USB port test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
015-197-XXX
1. Make sure
USB port test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
015-198-XXX
USB port test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
015-199-XXX
USB port test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
018-000-XXX
1. No action
PCI Card Test Passed
018-0XX-XXX
1. PCI card
PCI Card Failure
2. Riser card, if installed
3. System board
018-195-XXX
PCI Card Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
018-196-XXX
PCI Card test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
10 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
018-197-XXX
1. Make sure
PCI Card test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
018-198-XXX
PCI Card test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
018-199-XXX
PCI Card test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
018-250-XXX
1. PCI card
PCI Card Services error
2. Riser card, if installed
3. System board
020-000-XXX
1. No action
PCI Interface Test Passed
020-0XX-XXX
1. PCI card
PCI Interface error
2. Riser card, if installed
3. System board
020-195-XXX
PCI Test aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
020-196-XXX
PCI test halt, error threshold
exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
020-197-XXX
1. Make sure
PCI test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
020-198-XXX
PCI test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes 11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
020-199-XXX
PCI test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
020-262-XXX
1. PCI card
PCI system error
2. Riser card, if installed
3. System board
025-000-XXX
1. No action
IDE interface Test Passed
025-00X-XXX
025-01X-XXX
IDE interface failure
1. IDE signal cable
2. Check power supply
3. IDE device
4. System board
025-027-XXX
IDE interface
Configuration/Setup error
1. IDE signal cable
2. Flash the system
3. IDE device
4. System board
025-02X-XXX
025-03X-XXX
025-04X-XXX
1. IDE signal cable
2. Check power supply
3. IDE device
IDE Interface failure
4. System board
025-195-XXX
IDE interface Test aborted
by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
025-196-XXX
IDE interface test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
025-197-XXX
1. Make sure
IDE interface test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
025-198-XXX
IDE interface test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
025-199-XXX
IDE interface test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
12 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
030-000-XXX
1. No action
SCSI interface Test Passed
030-00X-XXX
030-01X-XXX
SCSI interface failure
1. SCSI signal cable
2. Check power supply
3. SCSI device
4. SCSI adapter card, if
installed
5. System board
030-027-XXX
SCSI interface
Configuration/Setup error
1. SCSI signal cable
2. Flash the system
3. SCSI device
4. SCSI adapter card, if
installed
5. System board
030-03X-XXX
030-04X-XXX
SCSI interface error
1. SCSI signal cable
2. Check power supply
3. SCSI device
4. SCSI adapter card, if
installed
5. System board
030-195-XXX
SCSI interface Test aborted
by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
030-196-XXX
SCSI interface test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
030-197-XXX
1. Make sure
SCSI interface test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
030-198-XXX
SCSI interface test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
030-199-XXX
SCSI interface test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
035-000-XXX
1. No action
RAID interface Test Passed
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes 13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
035-0XX-XXX
RAID interface Failure
1. RAID signal cable
2. RAID device
3. RAID adapter card, if
installed
4. System board
035-195-XXX
RAID interface Test aborted
by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
035-196-XXX
RAID interface test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
035-197-XXX
1. Make sure
RAID interface test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
035-198-XXX
RAID interface test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
035-199-XXX
RAID interface test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
071-000-XXX
1. No action
Audio port Interface Test
Passed
071-00X-XXX
071-01X-XXX
071-02X-XXX
Audio port error
1. Run Setup
2. Flash the system
3. System board
071-03X-XXX
1. Speakers
Audio port failure
2. Microphone
3. Audio card, if installed
4. System board
071-04X-XXX
1. Run Setup
Audio port failure
2. Audio card, if installed
3. System board
071-195-XXX
Audio port Test aborted by
user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
14 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
071-196-XXX
Audio port test halt, error
threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
071-197-XXX
1. Make sure
Audio port test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
071-198-XXX
Audio port test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
071-199-XXX
Audio port test failed, cause
unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
071-25X-XXX
1. Speakers
Audio port failure
2. Audio card, if installed
3. System board
080-000-XXX
1. No action
Game Port interface Test
Passed
080-XXX-XXX
Game Port interface Error
1. Remove the game
port device and
re-test the system
080-195-XXX
Game Port interface Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
080-196-XXX
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
Game Port interface test
halt, error threshold
exceeded
080-197-XXX
1. Make sure
Game Port interface test
warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes 15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
080-198-XXX
Game Port interface test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
080-199-XXX
Game Port interface test
failed, cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
086-000-XXX
1. No action
Mouse Port interface Test
Passed
086-001-XXX
Mouse Port interface
Presence
1. Mouse
2. System board
086-032-XXX
1. Mouse
Mouse Port interface Device
controller failure
2. System board
086-035-XXX
1. Mouse
Mouse Port interface Reset
2. System board
086-040-XXX
Mouse Port interface IRQ
failure
1. Run Setup
2. Mouse
3. System board
086-195-XXX
Mouse Port interface Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
086-196-XXX
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
Mouse Port interface test
halt, error threshold
exceeded
086-197-XXX
1. Make sure
Mouse Port interface test
warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
086-198-XXX
Mouse Port interface test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
16 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
086-199-XXX
Mouse Port interface test
failed, cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
089-000-XXX
1. No action
Microprocessor Test Passed
089-XXX-XXX
1. Microprocessor(s)
Microprocessor failure
2. System board
089-195-XXX
Microprocessor Test aborted
by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
089-196-XXX
Microprocessor test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
089-197-XXX
1. Make sure
Microprocessor test warning
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
089-198-XXX
Microprocessor test aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
089-199-XXX
Microprocessor test failed,
cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
170-000-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) Test
Passed
1. No action
170-0XX-XXX
1. Flash system
Voltage Sensor(s) failure
2. System board
170-195-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
170-196-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes 17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
170-197-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) test
warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
170-198-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
170-199-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) test
failed, cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
170-250-XXX
1. Power supply
170-251-XXX
2. System board
Voltage Sensor(s) Voltage
limit error
170-254-XXX
Voltage Sensor(s) Voltage
Regulator Module error
1. Voltage Regulator
Module (VRM)
2. Microprocessor
3. System board
175-000-XXX
1. No action
Thermal Sensor(s) Test
Passed
175-0XX-XXX
1. Flash system
Thermal Sensor(s) failure
2. System board
175-195-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) Test
aborted by user
1. Information
2. Re-start the test, if
need to
175-196-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) test halt,
error threshold exceeded
1. Depress F3 to review
the log file.
2. Re-start the test to
reset the log file.
175-197-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) test
warning
1. Make sure
component that is
called out is enabled
and/or connected
2. Re-run test
3. Component that is
called out in warning
statement
4. Component under test
18 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
175-198-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) test
aborted
1. If a component is
called out, make sure
it is enabled and/or
connected
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
175-199-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) test
failed, cause unknown
1. Go to “Undetermined
problem” section.
2. Flash the system and
re-test
3. Replace component
under function test.
175-250-XXX
175-251-XXX
Thermal Sensor(s) limit
error
1. Check fans
2. Check Power supply
3. Microprocessor
4. System board
185-000-XXX
1. No action
Asset Security Test Passed
185-XXX-XXX
Asset Security failure
1. Assure Asset
Security Enabled
2. Flash system
3. System board
185-278-XXX
1. C2 Cover Switch
Asset Security Chassis
Intrusion
2. System board
201-000-XXX
System Memory Test
Passed
1. No action
201-XXX-XXX
System Memory error
1. Replace the memory
module called out by
the test
2. System board
202-000-XXX
1. No action
System Cache Test Passed
202-XXX-XXX
System Cache error
1. Cache, if removable
2. System board
3. Microprocessor
206-000-XXX
1. No action
Diskette Drive Test Passed
206-XXX-XXX
Diskette Drive error
1. Diskette Drive Cable
2. Check power supply
voltages
3. Diskette drive
4. System board
215-000-XXX
1. No action
CD-ROM Drive Test Passed
215-XXX-XXX
CD-ROM Drive error
1. CD-ROM Drive Cable
2. Check power supply
voltages
3. CD-ROM drive
4. System board
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes 19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostic Error Code
FRU/Action
217-000-XXX
Hard Disk Drive Test
Passed
1. No action
217-25X-XXX
217-26X-XXX
1. Hard Disk Drive
Cable
Hard Disk Drive (IDE) error
2. Check power supply
voltages
3. Hard Disk drive (IDE)
4. System board
217-28X-XXX
217-29X-XXX
Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
error
1. Hard Disk Drive
Cable
2. Check power supply
voltages
3. Hard Disk drive (SCSI)
4. SCSI adapter card
5. System board
220-000-XXX
1. No action
Hi-Capacity Cartridge Drive
Test Passed
220-XXX-XXX
Hi-Capacity Cartridge Drive
error
1. Remove the
Hi-Capacity Cartridge
Drive and re-test the
system
301-000-XXX
1. No action
Keyboard Test Passed
301-XXX-XXX
1. Keyboard
Keyboard error
2. Check and test Mouse
3. System board
302-000-XXX
1. No action
Mouse Test Passed
302-XXX-XXX
1. Mouse
Mouse error
2. Check and test
Keyboard
3. System board
303-000-XXX
1. No action
Joystick Test Passed
303-XXX-XXX
Joystick error
1. Remove the Joystick
and re-test the
system
305-000-XXX
1. No action
Monitor DDC Test Passed
305-250-XXX
Monitor DDC self test failure
1. Run Setup to enable
DDC
2. Cable
3. Monitor
4. Video card
5. System board
415-000-XXX
1. No action
Modem Test Passed
415-XXX-XXX
Modem error
1. Remove the Modem
and re-test the
system
20 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PC 300 - 6584/6594
This section contains the general checkout procedures,
additional service information, computer exploded view,
Symptom-to-FRU indexes, undetermined problem, model
tables, and parts listings for the IBM PC 300, type
6584/6594 computer.
Note
Service information is the same for types 6584/6594
computers, unless specifically identified as type 6584
which is the desktop computer.
Note
This manual and the diagnostic tests are intended to
test only IBM products. Non-IBM products of any kind
including adapter cards, accelerator boards, options,
or non-IBM devices, can give false errors and invalid
computer responses. If you remove a non-IBM device
and the symptom goes away, the problem is with the
device you removed.
General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Module test menu and hardware configuration
report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Printer
Power supply
20-pin main power supply connection . . . . . . 30
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . . 32
Power-on self-test (POST) . . . . . . . . . . . 32
POST beep codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Error code format
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . 34
Starting the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Navigating through the diagnostic programs . . . 34
Running diagnostic tests . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Test selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics . . . . . 35
Alert On LAN test
Asset ID test
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Hard File Smart Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test . . . . . . . . . 37
Quick and Full erase - hard drive . . . . . . . . 38
Iomega Zip Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Asset EEPROM backup
Viewing the test log
. . . . . . . . . . . . 38
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
RIMM memory errors . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Setup Utility program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Copyright IBM Corp. 2000
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hard disk drive boot error
When to use the Low-Level Format program
Preparing the hard disk drive for use . . . . . . 42
. . . . . . . . . . . 41
. . 42
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Specifications Type 6584 . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Specifications Type 6594 . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Additional service information
Replacing a processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Replacing a system board . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Security features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
. . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power-on password . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Administrator password . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Administrator password control
. . . . . . . 49
Operating system password . . . . . . . . . 49
Vital Product Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Management Information Format (MIF)
. . . . . 49
Alert on LAN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Hard disk drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . . 51
IDE hard disk drive settings . . . . . . . . . 51
CD-ROM drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . . 52
BIOS levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure
. . . . . . 54
Flash recovery boot block . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
(ACPI) BIOS
Advanced Power Management
Automatic Hardware Power Management
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
. . . . . . . 55
features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Setting Automatic Hardware Power
Management features . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Automatic Power-On features . . . . . . . . 56
Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over network) 57
Wake on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
System board memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
RIMM diagnostic approach . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Computer exploded view (Type 6584)
. . . . . . . 61
Input/Output connectors
Top and front cover removal
CD-ROM/hard drive bracket
CD-ROM drive removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . 62
. . . . . . . . . . 63
. . . . . . . . . . 64
. . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Hard drive removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
EIDE cable routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
SCSI cable routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Diskette drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
System board removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
System board installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Riser card removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fan and speaker bracket removal . . . . . . . . 69
Computer exploded view (Type 6594)
. . . . . . . 70
Input/Output connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
22 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Access cover removal
Top handle cover removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
. . . . . . . . . . . 72
Front bezel removal/replacement . . . . . . . . 73
System board removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
System board installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Hard disk bracket removal
Hard disk drive in non removable drive cage
Tab removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Fan cage, air baffle, speaker/card guide removal 76
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
. . . . . . . . . . . 74
. . 75
System board layout
System board locations
. . . . . . . . . . . . 77
. . . . . . . . . 78
Riser cards (Type 6584) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Riser card (Type 6594) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
System board jumper settings
Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Beep symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
No beep symptoms
POST error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Miscellaneous error messages . . . . . . . . 101
Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 105
Type/Model configuration tables (6584/6594) 106
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
.
Parts (Type 6584) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Parts listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parts (Type 6594) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Parts listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Special tools
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
PC 300 - 6584/6594 23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General checkout
This general checkout procedure is for Type 6584/6594
computers.
Attention
The drives in the computer you are servicing might
have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence
changed. Be extremely careful during write operations
such as copying, saving, or formatting. Data or
programs can be overwritten if you select an incorrect
drive.
Diagnostic error messages appear when a test program
finds a problem with a hardware option. For the test
programs to properly determine if a test Passed, Failed, or
Aborted, the test programs check the error-return code at
test completion. See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” on
page 34.
General error messages appear if a problem or conflict is
found by an application program, the operating system, or
both. For an explanation of these messages, refer to the
information supplied with that software package.
Notes
1. Before replacing any FRUs, ensure the latest
level of BIOS is installed on the system. A
down-level BIOS might cause false errors and
unnecessary replacement of the system board.
For more information on how to determine and
obtain the latest level BIOS, see “BIOS levels” on
page 53.
2. If multiple error codes are displayed, diagnose
the first error code displayed.
3. If the computer hangs with a POST error, go to
“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 82.
4. If the computer hangs and no error is displayed,
go to “Undetermined problem” on page 104.
5. If an installed device is not recognized by the
diagnostics program, that device might be
defective.
The power-on default is quick bring-up. To enable
Enhanced bring-up, select the Start Options in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program (see “Setup Utility
program” on page 41) then, enable Power On Status.
001
– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Make sure the system board is seated properly.
– Set all display controls to the middle position.
(Step 001 continues)
24 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
001 (continued)
– Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics diskette into
drive A.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the computer.
– Check for the following response:
1. Readable instructions or the Main Menu.
Note
Type 6584/6594 computers default to come up quiet
(No beep and no memory count and checkpoint
code display) when no errors are detected by
POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 41.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE?
Yes No
002
If the Power Management feature is enabled, do the
following:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program
(see “Setup Utility program” on page 41)
2. Select Power Management from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
3. Select APM
4. Be sure APM BIOS Mode is set to Disabled.
If it is not, press Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow
(→) to change the setting.
5. Select Automatic Hardware Power
Management.
6. Set Automatic Hardware Power Management
to Disabled.
– or –
Go to the “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” on
page 34.
003
Run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test. If necessary,
refer to “Diagnostics and test information” on page 32.
Ÿ
If you receive an error, replace the part that the
diagnostic program calls out or go to “IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics” on page 34.
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace the
last device tested.
If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses, go
to “Keyboard” on page 28.
(Step 003 continues)
PC 300 - 6584/6594 25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(CONTINUED)
003 (continued)
Ÿ
If the printer has incorrect responses, go to “Printer”
on page 28.
Ÿ
If the display has problems such as jittering, rolling,
shifting, or being out of focus, go to “Display” on
page 31.
26 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Module test menu and hardware
configuration report
Depending on the diagnostics version level you are using,
the installed devices in the computer are verified in one of
two ways:
1. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the Module Test
Menu is displayed. Normally, all installed devices in
the computer are highlighted on the menu.
2. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the main menu
appears. From this menu, select System Info then
select Hardware Configuration from the next menu.
Normally, all installed devices in the computer are
highlighted on this report.
If an installed device is not recognized by the diagnostics
program:
Ÿ
The diagnostic code for the device is not on the
diagnostic diskette. Run the diagnostics provided
with that device.
Ÿ
The missing device is defective or it requires an
additional diskette or service manual.
An unrecognizable device is installed.
A defective device is causing another device not to be
recognized.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The SCSI controller failed (on the system board or
SCSI adapter).
Use the procedure in “Undetermined problem” on
page 104 to find the problem.
If a device is missing from the list, replace it. If this does
not correct the problem, use the procedure in
“Undetermined problem” on page 104.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard
Note
If a mouse or other pointing device is attached,
remove it to see if the error symptom goes away. If
the symptom goes away, the mouse or pointing device
is defective.
001
– Power-off the computer.
– Disconnect the keyboard cable from the system unit.
– Power-on the computer and check the keyboard cable
connector on the system unit for the voltages shown.
All voltages are 5%.
Pin
1
Voltage (Vdc)
+5.0
2
3
4
5
6
Reserved
Ground
+5.0
+5.0
Reserved
6
5
3
4
1
2
ARE THE VOLTAGES CORRECT?
Yes No
002
Replace the system board.
003
On keyboards with a detachable cable, replace the cable.
If the problem remains or if the cable is permanently
attached to the keyboard, replace the keyboard. If the
problem remains, replace the system board.
Printer
1. Make sure the printer is properly connected and
powered on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem is
in the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, install a wrap plug in
the parallel port and run the diagnostic tests to determine
which FRU failed.
If the diagnostic tests (with the wrap plug installed) do not
detect a failure, replace the printer cable. If that does not
correct the problem, replace the system board or adapter
connected to the printer cable.
28 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power supply
If the power-on indicator is not on, the power-supply fan is
not running, or the computer will not power-off, do the
following.
Check/Verify
FRU/Action
1. Verify that the
Correct the
voltage-selector switch
is set for the correct
voltage.
voltage-selector switch
setting.
2. Check the following for
proper installation.
Reseat
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power Cord
On/Off Switch
connector
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
On/Off Switch
Power Supply
connector
System Board
Power Supply
connectors
microprocessor(s)
connection
3. Check the power cord
for proper continuity.
Power Cord
4. Check the power-on
switch for continuity.
Power-on Switch
If the above are correct, check the following voltages.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
20-pin main power supply connection
See “System board layout” on page 77 for connector
location.
Attention
These voltages must be checked with the power
supply cables connected to the system board.
1
10
20
11
Pin
1
Signal
3.3 V
3.3 V
COM
5 V
Function
+3.3 V dc
+3.3 V dc
Ground
2
3
4
+5 V dc
5
COM
5 V
Ground
6
+5 V dc
7
COM
POK
5VSB
12 V
3.3 V
-12 V
COM
PS-ON
COM
COM
COM
-5 V
Ground
8
Power Good
Standby Voltage
+12 V dc
+3.3 V dc
-12 V dc
Ground
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DC Remote Enable
Ground
Ground
Ground
-5 V dc
5 V
+5 V dc
5 V
+5 V dc
If the voltages are not correct, and the power cord is good,
replace the power supply.
30 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Display
If the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. If
that does not correct the problem, replace the video
adapter (if installed) or replace the system board.
If the screen is not rolling, do the following to run the
display self-test:
1. Power-off the computer and display.
2. Disconnect the display signal cable.
3. Power-on the display.
4. Turn the brightness and contrast controls clockwise to
their maximum setting.
5. Check for the following conditions:
Ÿ
You should be able to vary the screen intensity
by adjusting the contrast and brightness controls.
The screen should be white or light gray, with a
black margin (test margin) on the screen.
Ÿ
Note
The location of the test margin varies with the
type of display. The test margin might be on the
top, bottom, or one or both sides.
If you do not see any test margin on the screen,
replace the display. If there is a test margin on the
screen, replace the video adapter (if installed) or
replace the system board.
Note
During the first two or three seconds after the
display is powered on, the following might occur
while the display synchronizes with the computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Unusual patterns or characters
Static, crackling, or clicking sounds
A “power-on hum” on larger displays
A noticeable odor might occur on new displays or
displays recently removed from storage.
These sounds, display patterns, and odors are
normal; do not replace any parts.
If you are unable to correct the problem, go to
“Undetermined problem” on page 104.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostics and test information
The following tools are available to help identify and
resolve hardware-related problems:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on self-test (POST)
POST Beep Codes
Error Code Format
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
Power-on self-test (POST)
Each time you power-on the system, it performs a series of
tests that check the operation of the system and some
options. This series of tests is called the power-on
self-test, or POST. POST does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks some basic system-board operations
Checks the memory operation
Starts the video operation
Verifies that the diskette drive is working
Verifies that the hard disk drive is working
If the POST finishes without detecting any problems, a
single beep sounds and the first screen of your operating
system or application program appears.
Note
Type 6584/6594 computers default to come up quiet
(No beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
1. Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 41.
If the POST detects a problem, an error message appears
on your screen. A single problem can cause several error
messages to appear. When you correct the cause of the
first error message, the other error messages probably will
not appear on the screen the next time you turn on the
system.
POST beep codes
The Power On Self-Test generates a beeping sound to
indicate successful completion of POST or to indicate that
the tests detect an error.
One beep and the appearance of text on the display
indicates successful completion of the POST. More than
one beep indicates that the POST detects an error.
32 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note
Type 6584/6594 computers default to come up quiet
(No beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
1. Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 41.
Error code format
This section provides an explanation of the encoded
non-SCSI and SCSI POST error codes.
Error messages are displayed on the screen as three, four,
five, eight, twelve, or thirteen digits. An “X” in an error
message can be any number or letter. The shorter POST
errors are highlighted in the Symptom-to-FRU Index.
Some digits will represent different information for SCSI
errors versus non-SCSI errors.
The following figure shows which digits display the shorter
POST errors. The figure also defines additional SCSI
information.
Notes
Ÿ
Ÿ
Non-IBM device error codes and documentation
supersede this list.
Duplicate SCSI ID settings will cause misleading
error symptoms or messages.
RDDDPLSCB QEET
│└┬┘│││││ │└┤└─ Test state
│ │ │││││ │ └── Error code Extension
│ │ │││││ └──── Qualifier
│ │ │││││
│ │ ││││└───── Bus (ð=internal 1=external)
│ │ │││└────── Capacity of the device
│ │ ││└─────── Slot number of the device
│ │ │└──────── LUN (usually ð)
│ │ └───────── PUN (SCSI ID #)
│ │
│ └─────────── Device Number
└───────────── Reserved Digit (usually ð)
PC 300 - 6584/6594 33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics programs use a full
range of diagnostic utilities to determine the operating
condition of the computers hardware components. The
user interface is WaterGate's PC-Doctor which serves as
the control program for running the IBM PC Enhanced
Memory Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests
provided by PC-Doctor.
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics are available on-line
and can be downloaded from:
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select Support
Select IBM IntelliStation Support
Select Downloadable Files
Select Diagnostics
This diagnostic diskette includes:
Ÿ
A new user interface (WaterGate Software's
PC-Doctor)
–
This interface serves as the control program for
running both the IBM PC Enhanced Memory
Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests
provided by PC-Doctor.
Ÿ
IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics
–
The memory diagnostic tests determine which
memory module (RIMM) is defective and report
the socket where the failing module is located.
The Memory diagnostics can run a quick and full
test of the system. Diagnostics can also be run
on a single RIMM.
Note
See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” for the IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics error codes.
Starting the IBM PC Enhanced
Diagnostics Program
To start the program:
1. Shut down and power-off the system.
2. Wait 10 seconds.
3. Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Diskette into
diskette drive A.
4. Power-on the system.
The initial diagnostics menu will be displayed.
Navigating through the diagnostic
programs
Use either the mouse or the keyboard to navigate through
the Enhanced Diagnostics program.
34 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Use the cursor movement keys to navigate within the
menus.
Ÿ
Ÿ
The Enter key is used to select a menu item.
The Esc key is used to back up to the previous
menu.
Ÿ
For online help select F1.
Running diagnostic tests
There are four ways to run the diagnostic tests:
1. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight Run
Normal Test or Run Quick Test from the
Diagnostics Menu and then press Enter.
This will automatically run a pre-defined group of tests
from each test category. Run Normal Test runs a
more extensive set of tests than does Run Quick
Test and takes longer to execute.
2. Press F5 to automatically run all selected tests in all
categories. See “Test selection.”
3. From within a test category, press Ctrl-Enter to
automatically run only the selected tests in that
category. See “Test selection.”
4. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight a single
test within a test category and then press Enter. This
will run only that test.
Press Esc at any time to stop the testing process.
Test results, (N/A, PASSED, FAILED, ABORTED), are
displayed in the field beside the test description and in the
test log. See “Viewing the test log” on page 39.
Test selection
To select one or more tests:
1. Open the corresponding test category.
2. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight the
desired test.
3. Press Space bar.
A selected test is marked with a chevron, >>.
Pressing the space bar again de-selects a test and
removes the chevron.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to select all desired
tests.
IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics
The IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics provide the
capability to identify a particular memory module (RIMM)
which fails during testing. Use the System Board Layout
section to reference the memory sockets, or select F1
twice to load the Online Manual and select Chapter 11
'DIMM/RIMM Locator'.
Follow the steps below to locate the IBM PC Enhanced
Memory Diagnostics test options.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1. Select the DIAGNOSTICS option on the toolbar and
press Enter.
2. Highlight either the 'Memory Test-Full' or 'Memory
Test-Quick option and press Enter.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Memory Test-Full
The full memory test will take about 80 seconds per
MB of memory and will detect marginal, intermittent,
and solid (stuck) memory failures.
Memory Test-Quick
The quick memory test will take about 20 seconds per
MB of memory and will detect solid (stuck) memory
failures only.
Notes
Either level of memory testing can be performed on all
memory or a single RIMM socket.
Only sockets containing a RIMM can be selected for
testing. C-RIMM sockets are noted by ........ besides
the test description.
Alert On LAN test
The Alert On LAN test does the following:
Ÿ
Determines if Alert On LAN is supported on the
system.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks the revision ID register.
Verifies the EEPROM checksum.
Validates that a software alert can be sent.
Asset ID test
The Asset ID test does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Determines if Asset ID is supported on the system.
Verifies the EEPROM areas.
Performs an antenna detection test.
Test results
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostic test results will produce this
error code format:
Function Failure
Code Type
DeviceID Date
ChkDigits Text
Function Code: Represents the feature or function
within the PC.
Failure Type:
DeviceID:
Represents the type of error
encountered.
Contains the component's unit-id which
corresponds to either a fixed disk drive,
removable media drive, serial or
parallel port, processor, specific RIMM,
or a device on the PCI bus.
36 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Date:
Contains the date on which the
diagnostic test was run. Date is
retrieved from CMOS and displayed
using the YYYYMMDD format.
Contains a 2-digit check-digit value to
ensure that:
ChkDigits:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Diagnostics were run on the
specified date
Diagnostics were run on the
specified IBM computer
The diagnostic error code is
recorded correctly
Text:
Note
Description of the error.
See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes” on
page 1 for error code listings.
Hard File Smart Test
Use the Hard File Smart Test when the system
management tool has detected a hard file SMART alert.
The Smart Test does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Interrogates IDE devices for support of the SMART
instruction set.
Issues a ENABLE SMART command to make sure
SMART functionality is active.
Checks the SMART RETURN STATUS command to
determine if any thresholds have been exceeded.
If thresholds have been exceeded, an error message is
shown, and the test fails. If no SMART is supported by
the drive, the test returns with N/A.
IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test
The IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test provide the capability
to identify particular areas of a hard file which fails during
testing. This test also provide a method of correcting
certain types of errors.
To select the Fixed Disk Optimized Test:
1. Select the diagnostic option on the toolbar and press
Enter.
2. Select the Fixed Disk Optimized Test
3. Select Hard Drives - NORMAL TEST to run a
complete hard file test.
4. Select Hard Drives - PRESENCE TEST to run a test
to check the drive controller and report any SMART
information that the drive has detected.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Quick and Full erase - hard drive
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Program offers two
hard drive format utilities:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Quick Erase Hard Drive
Full Erase Hard Drive
The Quick Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that
performs the following:
Ÿ
Destroys the Master Boot Record (MBR) on the hard
drive.
Ÿ
Destroys all copies of the FAT Table on all partitions
(both the master and backup).
Ÿ
Ÿ
Destroys the partition table.
Provides messages that warn the user that this is a
non-recoverable process.
The Full Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that
performs the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Performs all the steps in Quick Erase.
Provides a DOS utility that writes random data to all
sectors of the hard drive.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Provide an estimate of time to completion along with
a visual representation of completion status.
Provides messages that warn the user that this is a
non-recoverable process.
Important
Make sure customer backs up all data before using
the Quick or Full Erase function.
To select the Quick Erase or Full Erase Hard Drive utility:
1. Select the UTILITY option on the toolbar and press
enter.
2. Select either the QUICK ERASE or FULL ERASE
HARD DISK option and then, follow the instructions.
Iomega Zip Drive Test
Use the Iomega Zip Drive Test to test the zip drive and the
drive interface. The test takes about 20 seconds to run.
The default tests the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Controller
Max Seek (50 times)
Random Seek (300 sectors)
Asset EEPROM backup
When replacing a system board, this utility allows the
backup of all Asset information from the EEPROM to
diskette. This utility also restores data to the EEPROM
from diskette after replacement of the system board.
To run this utility:
38 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select Utility
Select Asset EEPROM Backup
follow instructions on screen.
Viewing the test log
Errors reported by the diagnostic test will be displayed by
the program as a failed test.
To view details of a failure or to view a list of test results,
do the following from any test category screen:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Press F3 to activate the log File
Press F3 again to save the file to diskette or F2 to
print the file.
RIMM memory errors: SIMM/DIMM/RIMM error
messages issued by the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics:
Message
Failure Found
Recommended
Actions
2xx-1y
(for SIMMs)
A memory error
was detected in
SIMM socket Y
Replace the
SIMM in the
socket identified
by the last digit of
the error code.
Re-run the test.
If the same error
code occurs
again, replace
the system
board.
2xx-2y
(for
DIMMs/RIMMs)
A memory error
was detected in
DIMM/RIMM
socket Y
Replace the
DIMM/RIMM in
the socket
identified by the
last digit of the
error code.
Re-run the test.
If the same error
code occurs
again, replace
the system board
or where memory
is on the
processor card,
replace the
processor card.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Message
Failure Found
Recommended
Actions
Corrupt BIOS
Information in
BIOS is not as
expected.
Reflash the
BIOS.
Perform boot
Not able to find
expected DMI
information from
BIOS.
block recovery.
Replace the
system board.
Memory controller
chipset vendor ID
does not match
expected value.
Test aborted by
user
User stopped
test.
Restart test.
Note:
"Y" is the SIMM/DIMM/RIMM socket number. Use the
System Board Layouts section in the latest Hardware
Maintenance Manual, HMM, to reference the memory
sockets.
40 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setup Utility program
Attention
A customized setup configuration (other than default
settings) might exist on the computer you are
servicing. Running the Setup Utility program might
alter those settings. Note the current configuration
settings and verify that the settings are in place when
service is complete. To start the Setup Utility
program, see “Setup Utility program.”
The Setup Utility (configuration) program is stored in the
permanent memory of the computer. This program
includes settings for the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
System Summary
Product Data
Devices and I/O Ports
Start Options
Date and Time
System Security
Advanced Setup
ISA Legacy Resources
Power Management
To run the Setup Utility program, do the following:
1. Power-off the computer and wait for a few seconds
until all in-use lights go off.
2. Power-on the computer.
3. When the Setup Utility prompt appears on the screen
during start-up, press F1. The Setup Utility menu
appears.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen.
5. When finished, select System Summary to verify that
any configuration changes have been accepted.
Hard disk drive boot error
A hard disk drive boot error (error codes 1962 and
I999030X) can be caused by the following:
Cause
Actions
The start-up drive is not in
the boot sequence in
configuration.
Check the configuration and
ensure the start-up drive is
in the boot sequence.
No operating system
installed on the boot drive.
Install an operating system
on the boot drive.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cause
Actions
The boot sector on the
The drive must be
start-up drive is corrupted.
formatted, do the following:
1. Attempt to access and
recover (back-up) the
failing hard disk drive.
2. Using the operating
systems programs,
format the hard disk
drive.
3. Go to “Preparing the
hard disk drive for use”
on page 42.
The drive is defective.
Replace the hard disk drive.
When to use the Low-Level Format
program
Notes
1. The low-level format is not available on all
diagnostic diskettes.
2. Before formatting the hard disk drive, make a
back-up copy of the files on the drive to be
formatted.
Use the Low-Level Format program:
Ÿ
When you are installing software that requires a
low-level format
Ÿ
When you get recurring messages from the test
programs directing you to run the Low-Level Format
program on the hard disk
Ÿ
As a last resort before replacing a hard disk drive
Preparing the hard disk drive for use
When the Low-Level Format program is finished, restore to
the hard disk all the files that you previously backed up.
1. Partition the remainder of the hard disk for your
operating system. (The commands vary with the
operating system. Refer to your operating-system
manual for instructions.)
2. Format the hard disk using your operating system.
(The commands vary with the operating system.
Refer to your operating-system manual for
instructions.)
3. Install the operating system.
You are now ready to restore the files.
42 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product description
The PC 300 Type 6584/6594 computers are available in
4x5, (Four drive bays, Five I/O adapter slots which
includes an AGP slot) as Type 6584 desktop and 6x7,
(Six drive bays, Seven I/O adapter slots, which includes an
AGP slot) as Type 6594 micro-tower models.
Note
Service information is the same for types 6584 and
6594 computers, unless specifically identified as type
6584 or 6594.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Type 6584 is the desktop
Type 6594 is the micro-tower
Ÿ
Security
–
–
–
–
–
Administrator password
Cover lock
Power-on password
Operating system password
U-bolt and cable (Optional for some models)
Ÿ
Ÿ
CMOS backup battery (lithium)
Common parts
(Varies with each model, see “Type/Model
configuration tables (6584/6594)” on page 106.)
–
–
–
–
–
Diskette drive
Hard disk drive
Keyboard
Power supply
Mouse
Specifications Information (ISO/ANSI)
The model specifications information on the following
pages was determined in controlled acoustical
environments according to procedures specified by the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) S12.10 and
ISO 7779, and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296.
Actual sound pressure levels in your location might differ
from the average values stated because of room
reflections and other nearby noise sources. The declared
sound power levels indicate an upper limit, below which a
large proportion of machines will operate.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications Type 6584
Feature
Size
Description
Depth: 450 mm (17.7 inches)
Height: 134 mm (5.3 inches)
Width: 447 mm (17.6 inches)
1
Weight
Weight: 11.3 kg (25 lb)
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 50°C
(50° to 122°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 3048 m (10,000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 245 BTU (70 watts)
2
- Maximum: 700 BTU (204 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (47 to 63 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Maximum (as shipped): 0.08 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 41 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 34 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.0 bels operating
- 4.5 bels idle
1
2
3
Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
44 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications Type 6594
Feature
Size
Description
Depth: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
Height: 492 mm (19.4 inches)
Width: 200 mm (7.9 inches)
Weight
Weight: 17.3 kg (38 lb)
4
Fully configured
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 50°C
(50° to 122°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 3048 m (10,000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 245 BTU (70 watts)
5
- Maximum: 969 BTU (285 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (47 to 63 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Maximum (as shipped): 0.08 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 35 dB operating
- 33 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 32 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 4.8 bels operating
- 4.5 bels idle
4
5
6
Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
200-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Additional service information
The following additional service information supports the
PC 300 types 6584/6594 computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Replacing a processor”
“Replacing a system board” on page 47
“Security features” on page 47
“Passwords” on page 47
“Vital Product Data” on page 49
“Management Information Format (MIF)” on page 49
“Alert on LAN2” on page 50
“Hard disk drive jumper settings” on page 51
“CD-ROM drive jumper settings” on page 52
“BIOS levels” on page 53
“Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 54
“Flash recovery boot block” on page 54
“Power management” on page 55
“Network settings” on page 57
“Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over network)”
on page 57
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Wake on LAN” on page 58
“System board memory” on page 59
Replacing a processor
Make sure the processor is fully seated in its socket and
that the goal post latches are engaged.
Important
Ÿ
Ÿ
Make sure the air baffle is installed to prevent
processor overheating.
If the processor is not installed correctly, the
system board and the processor can be
damaged.
46 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacing a system board
Notes
1. The BIOS and Vital Product Data (VPD) for the
computer you are servicing must be installed on
the new system board (FRU) after it is installed in
the computer. To do this, you must run the
Flash Update program using the Flash Update
diskette. See “BIOS levels” on page 53 “Vital
Product Data” on page 49, and “Flash
(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 54.
2. Always ensure the latest level of BIOS is installed
on the computer. A down level BIOS may cause
false errors and unnecessary replacement of the
system board.
3. The processor is a separate FRU from the
system board and is not included with the system
board FRU. If you are instructed to replace the
system board, do the following.
4. Remove the processor from the old system board
and install it on the new system board.
5. Remove any of the following installed options on
the old system board, and install them on the
new system board.
Ÿ
Memory modules (RIMM and C-RIMM)
6. Ensure that the new system board jumper
settings match the old system board jumper
settings.
7. If the new system board does not correct the
problem, reinstall the options on the old system
board, reinstall the old system board, then
replace the processor.
Security features
Security features in this section include:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Passwords
Vital Product Data
Management Information Format (MIF)
Alert on LAN2
Passwords
The following provides information about computer
hardware and software-related passwords:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on Password
Administrator Password
Operating System Password
Power-on and Administrator passwords are set in the
Setup Utility program. See “Setup Utility program” on
page 41 for information about running the Setup Utility.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power-on password: A power-on password denies
access to the computer by an unauthorized user when the
computer is powered on. When a power-on password is
active, the password prompt appears on the screen each
time the computer is powered on. The computer starts
after the proper password is entered.
Removing a power-on password
To service a computer with an active and unknown
power-on password, power-off the computer and do the
following:
Note
On some models, this procedure will also remove the
administrator password.
1. Unplug the power cord and remove the top cover.
2. Refer to “System board layout” on page 77 to find the
recovery jumper.
3. Move the recovery jumper from 'normal' to 'clear'.
4. Power-on the computer. The system senses the
change in the position and erases the password.
Ÿ
It is necessary to move the jumper back to the
previous position.
5. Remind the user to enter a new password when
service is complete.
48 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Administrator password: The administrator
password is used to restrict access to the
Configuration/Setup Utility program. If the administrator
password is activated, and you do not enter the
administrator password, the configuration can be viewed
but not changed.
Note
Type 6584/6594 has Enhanced Security Mode. If
Enhanced Security mode is enabled and there is no
password given, the computer will act as if Enhanced
Security is disabled.
If Enhanced Security is Enabled and an administrator
password is given, the administrator password must
be entered to use the computer. If the administrator
password is lost or forgotten, the system board in the
computer must be replaced in order to regain access
to the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Administrator password control The
Administrator password is set in the Setup Configuration.
Refer to “Setup Utility program” on page 41
Operating system password: An operating
system password is very similar to a power-on password
and denies access to the computer by an unauthorized
user when the password is activated. The computer is
unusable until the password is entered and recognized by
the computer.
Vital Product Data
Each computer has a unique Vital Product Data (VPD)
code stored in the nonvolatile memory on the system
board. After you replace the system board, the VPD must
be updated. To update the VPD, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD)
update procedure” on page 54.
Management Information Format (MIF)
Management Information Format (MIF) is a file used to
maintain a list of the system unit serial number along with
all serialized components; for example: system board,
riser card, memory, and processor.
At the time of computer manufacture, the EPROM will be
loaded with the serial numbers of the system and all major
components. The customer will have access to the MIF
file via the DMI MIF Browser that is installed with the
preload and is also available on the SSCD provided with
the system.
A company called Retain-a-Group is a central data
warehouse offering serial number data management.
Retain-a-Group acts as a focal point to law enforcement.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The customer has the option to purchase serial number
information and services from Retain-a-Group. It is the
customer's responsibility to maintain the MIF file and to
inform Retain-a-Group of any changes to the file.
Some customers may request their servicers to assist
them in maintaining the MIF file when serialized
components are replaced during hardware service. This
assistance is between the customer and the servicer. The
servicer can use the DMI MIF Browser to update the MIF
information in the EPROM. It is anticipated that some
servicers might charge for this service.
To update the EPROM using the DMI MIF Browser:
1. Click Start from the desktop, then Programs.
2. Select IBM SystemView Agent.
3. Select Serial Number Information icon.
4. Click the plus sign to expand.
5. Select the component you want to view or edit.
6. Double click on the component you want to change.
7. Enter new data in the Value field, then click Apply.
Alert on LAN2
Alert on LAN2 provides notification of changes in the
computer, even when the computer power is turned off.
Working with DMI and Wake on LAN technologies, Alert on
LAN2 helps to manage and monitor the hardware and
software features of the computer. Alert on LAN2
generates notifications to the server of these occurrences:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Computer disconnected from the network
Computer unplugged from the power outlet
All POST errors
Operating system or POST hang condition
Alert on LAN2 events are configured to be Enabled or
Disabled from the LAN server only, and not from the
computer. See the LAN administrator for configuration
status information.
50 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hard disk drive jumper settings
IDE hard disk drives for the PC 300 series computers use
jumpers to set the drives as primary (master) or secondary
(slave).
Attention
For drives not shown below, refer to the label on the
hard disk drive for the hard disk drive settings.
IDE hard disk drive settings
.1/
.2/
Primary (Master) Hard Disk Drive
Secondary (Slave) Hard Disk Drive
IDE Drives
PC 300 - 6584/6594 51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CD-ROM drive jumper settings
CD-ROM and PC/CD-ROM drives use jumpers or tabs to
set the drives as primary (master) or secondary (slave).
Refer to the drive connector labels or the figures below for
the drive settings.
AUDIO
R G G L
IDE INTERFACE
DC INPUT
5V G G 12V
39
40
1
2
See Jumper
Settings Below
CD-ROM, PD/CD-ROM
Type
Primary
(Master)
Secondary
(Slave)
2X CD-ROM
FRU 06H5906
: : J : :
: J : : :
4X CD-ROM
FRU 06H7654
: : J : :
: J : : :
6X CD-ROM
8X CD-ROM
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
6X PD/CD-ROM
16X Max CD-ROM
24X Max CD-ROM
32X Max CD-ROM
40X Max CD-ROM
48X Max CD-ROM
52 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
BIOS levels
An incorrect level of BIOS can cause false error and
unnecessary FRU replacement. Use the following
information to determine the current level of BIOS installed
in the computer, the latest BIOS available for the
computer, and where to obtain the latest level of BIOS.
Ÿ
Current Level BIOS information.
–
Run the Configuration Utility to determine the
level of BIOS installed.
Ÿ
Sources for determining the latest level BIOS
available.
1. IBM PC Company Home Page
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/
2. PC PartnerInfo-Technical Database
(CTSTIPS.NSF)
3. Bulletin Board System (BBS)
4. HelpCenter
5. Levels 1 and 2 Support
6. RETAIN
Ÿ
Sources for obtaining the latest level BIOS available.
1. IBM PC Company Home Page
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/
2. PC PartnerInfo-Technical Database
(CTSTIPS.NSF)
3. Bulletin board system (BBS)
4. HelpCenter
5. Levels 1 and 2 Support
To update (flash) the BIOS, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD) update
procedure” on page 54.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure
Attention
Refer to the information label located inside the
system unit cover for any model-specific information.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the flash update diskette into drive A.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. When the Update Utility appears; select your
country/keyboard, then press Enter.
5. If the computer serial number was previously
recorded, the number is displayed with an option to
update it. Press Y to update the serial number.
6. Type the 7-digit serial number of the computer you
are servicing; then, press Enter.
7. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the
flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure.
Flash recovery boot block
Attention
If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade,
the BIOS might be left in an unusable state. The Boot
Block jumper enables you to restart the system and
recover the BIOS.
To perform a Flash/BIOS recovery using the recovery
jumper:
1. Power-off the computer and remove the cover.
2. Move the system board recovery jumper to the clear
position. Refer to “System board layout” on page 77
or the information label inside the computer for more
information.
3. Insert the upgrade diskette into the diskette drive.
4. Power-on the computer. The IBM Logo will appear.
5. When the Flash Update Utility appears; select your
country/keyboard, then press Enter.
6. If the computer serial number was previously
recorded, the number is displayed with an option to
update it. Press Y to update the serial number.
7. Type the 7-digit serial number of the computer you
are servicing; then, press Enter.
8. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the
flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure.
9. When you are instructed to reboot the computer,
power-off the computer and move the recovery
jumper to the normal position. Then, replace the
cover and power-on the computer.
54 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power management
Power management reduces the power consumption of
certain components of the computer such as the system
power supply, processor, hard disk drives, and some
monitors. Advanced Power Management and Rapid
Resume Manager are features of some personal
computers.
Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface (ACPI) BIOS: Being an ACPI BIOS
system, the operating system is allowed to control the
power management features of the computer and the
setting for Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS
mode are ignored. Not all operating systems support ACPI
BIOS mode.
Advanced Power Management: Energy-saving
settings can be viewed and changed by using the
Advanced Power Management menu in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Attention
If a device, such as a monitor, does not have
power-management capabilities, it can be damaged
when exposed to a reduced-power state. Before
making energy-saving selections for the monitor,
check the documentation supplied with the monitor to
see if it supports Display Power Management
Signaling (DPMS).
Automatic Hardware Power Management
features: Automatic Hardware Power Management
can reduce the power states of the computer, processor,
and monitor (if monitor supports DPMS) if they are inactive
for a predetermined length of time.
There are three levels of specified time that the computer
must be inactive before the power management options
that are selected take effect. Select the amount of time
that is offered within each level.
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Set time from 5 minutes to 4 hours.
Set time from 10 minutes to 5 hours.
Set time from 15 minutes to 6 hours.
At each level, you can define the amount of energy
savings by specifying values for the following options:
Ÿ
System Power:
–
–
Select On for the computer to remain on.
Select Off for the computer to shut down.
Ÿ
Display:
PC 300 - 6584/6594 55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Set display to be disabled or to be reduced at these
power states:
–
Standby: Screen is blank, but can be restored
immediately when any activity is detected.
Suspend: Monitor uses less power than in
Standby mode. Screen image is restored after a
few seconds when any activity is detected.
Off: Monitor power is off. Press Monitor power
button to restore power. On some monitors, you
might have to depress the power button twice.
–
–
Setting Automatic Hardware Power
Management features
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program (see
“Setup Utility program” on page 41).
2. Select Power Management from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
3. Select the APM BIOS Mode and be sure it is set to
Enabled. If it is not, press Left Arrow (←) or Right
Arrow (→) to change the setting.
4. Select Automatic Hardware Power Management.
5. Set Automatic Hardware Power Management to
Enabled.
6. Select values for the two levels of power
management (system power and display), as
necessary.
7. Set IDE Drives to Enabled or Disabled.
Note: This does not apply to SCSI drives.
8. Select Low Power Entry Activity Monitor and
enable or disable the listed options.
9. Select Low Power Exit Activity Monitor and enable
or disable the listed options.
10. Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
11. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
12. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
Automatic Power-On features: The Automatic
Power-On features within the Power Management menu
allow you to enable and disable features that turn the
computer on automatically.
Ÿ
Serial Port Ring Detect: With this feature set to
Enabled and an external modem connected to serial
port (COM1), the computer will turn on automatically
when a ring is detected on the modem.
56 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Modem Ring Detect: With this feature set to
Enabled, the computer will turn on automatically
when a ring is detected on the internal modem.
Wake Up on Alarm: You can specify a date and
time at which the computer will be turned on
automatically. This can be either a single event or a
daily event.
Ÿ
PCI Wake Up: PCI Wake Up uses PCI Power
Management Enabled (PME) to wake up the
computer when using token-ring, Ethernet LAN
adapters, modems, or other PCI cards capable of
waking up the computer. When you set PCI Wake
Up to Enabled, the computer will turn on when it
receives a specific signal from another computer on
when it receives a specific signal from another
computer on the local area network (LAN) or from a
modem signal.
Wake on LAN features can be used on the 6584 and
6594 computers. For further information, see “Wake
on LAN” on page 58.
Network settings
This section applies only to computers linked to a network.
The Configuration/Setup Utility program includes settings
that can be enabled and disabled to configure the network
interface in the computer. These settings are:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Flash over LAN (Update POST/BIOS over Network)
Wake on LAN
Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS
over network)
Note: For local Flash (BIOS/VPD) update, see “Flash
(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 54.
This setting is used to enable or disable the Flash over
LAN feature. When the feature is enabled, the system
programs, in the computer, can be updated remotely from
a network server. If the administrator password is set in
the computer, it does not have to be entered by the server.
To access the Flash over LAN setting:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 41.
2. Select System Security.
3. Select POST/BIOS Update from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
4. To enable Flash over LAN, select Enabled. To
disable Flash over LAN, select Disabled.
5. Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
7. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
Wake on LAN
This setting is used to enable or disable the
IBM-developed Wake on LAN feature. This feature makes
it possible for the computer to be turned on remotely by a
network server. Remote network management software
must be used in conjunction with this feature.
To access the Wake on LAN setting:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 41.
2. Select Advanced Power Management.
3. Select Automatic Power On from the program menu.
4. Select Wake on LAN from the Automatic Power On
menu.
5. To enable Wake on LAN, select Enabled. To disable
Wake on LAN, select Disabled.
6. Press Esc until you return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
7. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
8. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
58 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board memory
The following matrix cross-references the name of the
computer (printed on the logo) and the size, speed, and
type of memory modules supported in the computer.
Note
RAMBUS inline memory module (RIMM) is used in the
type 6584/6594 computer. RIMM modules are not
compatible with SIMM or DIMM memory modules.
Refer to the information below regarding RIMM
memory for type 6584, 6594.
Computer
Name
RIMM Memory Module
Memory
Size
Type
PC 300
Type 6584/
6594
128 MB
256 MB
PC700/
PC800
RDRAM
ECC/
Non-ECC
512 MB
PC800 only
Maximum
Note
For maximum 512 MB configuration, two 256 MB
PC800 memory RIMMs must be installed. PC700
memory RIMMs can not be used.
Supported RIMM memory configuration
Type 6584/6594 has two RIMM memory sockets. RIMM
sockets must either have a RIMM memory module or a
C-RIMM (RIMM Continuity module) installed. There can
be no empty RIMM sockets. At least one socket must
have a RIMM memory module installed.
Ÿ
If new memory is to be added, remove a C-RIMM and
install the new RIMM.
Ÿ
If memory is to be removed, remove the RIMM and
install a C-RIMM.
RIMM sizes of 128 MB and 256 MB are acceptable.
RIMM sockets can be filled in any order. ECC or
non-ECC, RAMBUS dynamic random access memory
(RDRAM) are supported.
Note
Mixed RIMM speeds will run at the lower speed.
RIMM diagnostic approach
Identify any Beep or POST codes. See “Symptom-to-FRU
index” on page 82.
Use the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics program to run
memory tests. See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error
codes” on page 1.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Procedures to determine memory errors:
1. If a memory error occurs, and the system is
operational, run memory diagnostics.
2. If a memory error occurs, and the system is not
operational:
a. Remove one RIMM module at a time until the
system comes up.
Note
All unused RIMM sockets must have a
C-RIMM installed.
b. Run memory diagnostics.
c. Install the other RIMM and run diagnostics again
to identify the failing RIMM.
60 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Computer exploded view (Type 6584)
I/O connectors and removal procedures for the cover,
CD-ROM/hard drive bracket, CD-ROM drive, hard drive,
EIDE and SCSI cable routing, Diskette drive, system
board, riser card, power supply, and fan/speaker bracket
removal are on the following pages.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Input/Output connectors
Monitor
Serial 2
USB 2
2
Mouse
2
1
1
Serial 1
USB 1
Keyboard
Parallel
62 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Top and front cover removal
Pull
Latches
To remove top and front cover:
1. Pull left and right pull latches forward then pull cover
forward.
2. Lift cover up from the chassis.
To install top and front cover:
1. Slide cover down onto the chassis about 4-inches
(10.16 cm) from the rear of chassis.
2. Slide cover back to engage the left and right latches.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CD-ROM/hard drive bracket
To open the CD-ROM/hard drive bracket:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Slide the plastic spring loaded cage retainer to the
left.
3. Lift the cage up and swing it back to the service
position.
CD-ROM drive removal
To remove the CD-ROM drive:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Put the CD-ROM/hard drive bracket in its service
position.
3. Disconnect the CD-ROM signal and power cables.
4. Remove two screws securing the CD-ROM drive.
5. Pull the CD-ROM drive out of the bracket.
64 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hard drive removal
To remove the hard drive:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Put the CD-ROM/hard drive bracket in its service
position.
3. Disconnect the hard drive signal and power cables.
4. Push in on the left and right plastic tabs of the hard
drive rails.
5. Pull the hard drive out of the bracket.
Note
Remove the plastic rails from the old hard drive and
install them on the new hard drive.
EIDE cable routing
Primary
Secondary
SCSI cable routing
PC 300 - 6584/6594 65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diskette drive removal
To remove the diskette drive:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Disconnect the diskette drive signal and power
cables.
3. Remove the front screw of the diskette drive cage.
4. Pull the diskette drive out of the chassis.
5. Remove the two side screws from the diskette drive
cage.
6. Remove the diskette drive from its cage.
66 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board removal
System Board
System Board
Rail
Lift
Here
Tab
Latch
Pull
Here
Tab
Lift
Here
To remove the system board:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Remove all cables connected to the system board.
3. Remove the AGP card, if installed.
4. Remove the retainer side bracket thumb screw.
5. Swing open the retainer side bracket and remove it
from the chassis.
6. Lift up on the system board right-hand rail tab to
disengage it from the bottom of the chassis.
7. Rotate the latch handle to disengage the system
board.
System board installation
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of
the right-hand rail to engage the tab in the opening of the
chassis.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Riser card removal
To remove the riser card:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Remove the system board.
3. Disconnect all cables from the front and back of the
riser card.
4. Remove the two top screws securing the riser card.
5. Remove the riser card from the chassis.
Power supply removal
Note
1. Make sure the power supply voltage switch is set
to the proper operating voltage; 115V or 230V.
To remove the power supply:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Disconnect the power supply connectors.
3. Remove the four screws securing the power supply to
the chassis.
4. Move power supply inward, then lift out of the
chassis.
68 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fan and speaker bracket removal
Note
1. If you remove the LED/power cable or the RFID
antenna cable, make sure it is routed the same
way it was installed.
2. When removing the C2 switch assembly from the
fan bracket, use care to pry the switch
(alternating at both ends of the switch) from its
mounting studs.
3. Make sure the RFID antenna cable is grounded
to the chassis by its grounding lug.
To remove the fan bracket:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Remove the air duct.
3. Disconnect the fan and speaker connectors.
4. Push on the outside tab to release the bracket from
the chassis.
5. Swing the bracket inward and then pull it from the
chassis.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Computer exploded view (Type 6594)
I/O connectors and removal procedures for the access
cover, top handle cover, system board, hard disk drive,
tab, and fan cage, air baffle, and card guide are on the
following pages.
70 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Input/Output connectors
Microphone
Line In
Line Out
Parallel
USB 1
USB 2
Serial 1
Serial 2
Mouse
Keyboard
PC 300 - 6584/6594 71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Access cover removal
Cover-
Release
Tab
7
S
k
Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing
cover.
Top handle cover removal
Attention
Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break.
72 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Front bezel removal/replacement
PC 300 - 6584/6594 73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board removal
System Board
System Board
Rail
Lift
Here
Tab
Latch
Pull
Here
Tab
Lift
Here
System board installation
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Hard disk bracket removal
74 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hard disk drive in non removable drive
cage
PC 300 - 6584/6594 75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tab removal
Fan cage, air baffle, speaker/card guide
removal
Push in on the latches as shown by arrows to release the
fan cage, air baffle, or speaker/card guide.
Note
After releasing the latch on the speaker/card guide,
slide it away from the latch to disengage it from the
chassis.
76 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board layout
123
System board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
Processor fan connector (not used)
Processor socket
RIMM socket 1
.4/
RIMM socket 2
.5/
AGP connector
.6/
Battery
.7/
.8/
.9/
Keyboard/Mouse connectors
Serial 1,2 connectors
USB connectors
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
Recovery jumper
PC PCI connector (not used)
Parallel connector
Line Out connector
Line In connector
Microphone connector
PC 300 - 6584/6594 77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board jumper settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Clear CMOS/Flash Boot Block Recovery
Use the recovery jumper setting to Clear CMOS or to
Flash Boot Block Recover.
Jumper
Setting
Description
Recovery
2-3 (clear)
Clear CMOS/
Flash Recovery
Mode
1-2 (D)
Normal Mode
(normal)
Processor Speed Settings
Processor speed for the PC 300 type 6584/6594
computers are fixed and are determined by the processor.
There are no settings required.
Diskette Write Access
Diskette Write Enable and Write Protect options are
changed in the Setup Configuration. See “Setup Utility
program” on page 41.
78 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Riser cards (Type 6584)
Riser card, ISA/PCI, front view
CD
Audio
PCI3
PCI1 PCI2
Alert
on
LAN
SCSI
LED
Wake
on LAN
ISA1
ISA2
System Board
Connector
Power
LEDs
FDD
Connector
Riser card, PCI, front view
CD
Audio
PCI
PCI
PCI
PCI
Alert
on
LAN
SCSI
LED
Wake
on
LAN
Power
LEDs
FDD Connector
PC 300 - 6584/6594 79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Riser card, back view (both cards)
Power Connector
Primary IDE
Secondary IDE
80 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Riser card (Type 6594)
PCI
Hard Disk Fan 1
Hard Disk Fan 2
Diskette
Front Fan
Power/LED
Wake
on LAN
RF ID
Speaker
Power
Tamper
SCSI LED
CD
Audio
IDE Secondary
Alert on LAN IDE Primary
System Board
Connector
PC 300 - 6584/6594 81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom-to-FRU index
The Symptom-to-FRU index lists error symptoms and
possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General checkout” on page 24. See
“IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes” on page 1
when running diagnostics. This index can also be used to
help you decide which FRUs to have available when
servicing a computer. If you are unable to correct the
problem using this index, go to “Undetermined problem” on
page 104.
Notes
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you have both an error message and an
incorrect audio response, diagnose the error
message first.
If you cannot run the diagnostic tests or you get
a diagnostic error code when running a test, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message first.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you did not receive any error message, look for
a description of your error symptoms in the first
part of this index.
Check all power supply voltages before you
replace the system board. (See “Power supply”
on page 29.)
Check the hard disk drive jumper settings before
you replace a hard disk drive. (See “Hard disk
drive jumper settings” on page 51.)
Important
1. Some errors are indicated with a series of beep
codes. (See “Beep symptoms” on page 83.)
Type 6584/6594 computers default to come up
quiet (No beep and no memory count and
checkpoint code display) when no errors are
detected by POST. To enable Beep and memory
count and checkpoint code display when a
successful POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status in setup. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 41.
2. The processor is a separate FRU from the
system board; the processor is not included with
the system board FRU.
82 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Beep symptoms
Beep symptoms are short tones or a series of short tones
separated by pauses (intervals without sound). See the
following examples.
Beeps
1-2-X
Description
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One Beep
A pause (or break)
Two beeps
A pause (or break)
Any number of beeps
4
Four continuous beeps
Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
1-1-3
1. Run Setup
CMOS read/write error
2. System Board
1-1-4
1. System Board
ROM BIOS check error
1-2-X
1. System Board
DMA error
1-3-X
1-4-4
1. RIMM Memory
Module
see“System board
memory” on page 59
2. C-RIMM
3. System Board
1. Keyboard
2. System Board
1-4-X
1. Memory Module
Error detected in first 64 KB
of RAM.
2. System Board
2-1-1, 2-1-2
1. Run Setup
2. System Board
2-1-X
1. Memory Module
First 64 KB of RAM failed.
2. System Board
2-2-2
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
2-2-X
1. Memory Module
First 64 KB of RAM failed.
2. System Board
2-3-X
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
2-4-X
1. Run Setup
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
3-1-X
1. System Board
DMA register failed.
3-2-4
1. System Board
Keyboard controller failed.
2. Keyboard
PC 300 - 6584/6594 83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
3-3-4
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
Screen initialization failed.
2. System Board
3. Display
3-4-1
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Display
Screen retrace test detected
an error.
3-4-2
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
POST is searching for video
ROM.
4
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
All other beep code
sequences.
1. System Board
One long and one short
beep during POST.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
Base 640 KB memory error
or shadow RAM error.
One long beep and two or
three short beeps during
POST.
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
(Video error)
Three short beeps during
POST.
1. See “System board
memory” on page 59.
2. System Board
Continuous beep.
1. System Board
Repeating short beeps.
1. Keyboard stuck key?
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
No beep symptoms
Note
Type 6584/6594 computers default to come up quiet
(No beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 41.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep during POST but
computer works correctly.
1. System Board
84 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep during POST.
1. See “Undetermined
problem” on
page 104.
2. System Board
3. Memory Module
4. Any Adapter or Device
5. Riser Card
6. Power Cord
7. Power Supply
PC 300 - 6584/6594 85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST error codes
In the following index, “X” can represent any number.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
000
1. Verify adapter device
and Bus Master fields
are enabled in PCI
configuration
SCSI Adapter not enabled.
program. See
documentation
shipped with
computer.
02X
1. SCSI Adapter
08X
1. SCSI Cable
Check SCSI terminator
installation.
2. SCSI Terminator
3. SCSI Device
4. SCSI Adapter
101
1. System Board
System board interrupt
failure.
102
1. System Board
1. System Board
System board timer error.
106
110
1. Memory Module
System board memory
parity error.
2. System Board
111
1. Reseat adapters
2. Any Adapter
3. Riser card
I/O channel parity error.
4. System Board
114
1. Adapter Memory
2. System Board
3. Riser card
Adapter ROM error.
129
1. Processor
Internal cache test error.
2. L2 Cache Memory
3. System Board
151
1. System Board
Real-time clock failure.
161
1. Run Setup
Bad CMOS battery.
2. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 332.)
3. System Board
86 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
162
1. Run Setup and verify
Configuration
Configuration mismatch.
2. Had a device been
added, removed,
changed location? If
not, suspect that
device.
3. Power-on external
devices first, then
power-on computer.
4. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 332.)
5. System Board
6. Riser card
162
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Riser card
And unable to run
diagnostics.
163
1. Time and Date Set?
2. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
Clock not updating or invalid
time set.
page 332.)
3. System Board
164
1. Run Setup. Check
System Summary
menu for memory
size change. (See
“Setup Utility
POST detected a base
memory or extended
memory size mismatch
error.
or
program” on
RIMM socket 3 is populated
with a RIMM memory
module.
page 41.)
2. Run the Extended
Memory Diagnostic
tests.
3. Replace RIMM
memory module in
socket 3 with a
C-RIMM
166
1. Run Flash Recovery
using Boot Block.
See “Flash recovery
boot block” on
Boot Block Check Sum
Error
page 54
2. System Board
167
1. Run Setup. Check
Stepping level for the
BIOS level needed,
then perform the
flash update.
Microprocessor installed
that is not supported
by the current POST/BIOS.
2. Processor
PC 300 - 6584/6594 87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
168
1. Run Setup. Check to
see that Ethernet and
Alert on LAN2 are
enabled.
Alert on LAN2 error
2. System Board
3. Riser card
17X, 18X
175
1. C2 Security
1. Run Configuration
(See “Setup Utility
program” on
page 41.)
2. System Board
176
1. Covers were removed
from the computer.
177
1. System Board
Corrupted Administrator
Password.
178
183
1. System Board
1. Enter the
administrator
password
184
1. Make sure Asset
No RFID Antenna
Care and Asset ID
are enabled in
Configuration/Setup.
2. RFID Antenna
3. System Board
4. Riser card
185
1. Set configuration and
reinstall the boot
sequence.
Corrupted boot sequence.
186
187
1. System Board
1. Clear Administration
password
2. System Board
189
1. More than three
password attempts
were made to access
the computer.
190
1. System Board
Chassis intrusion detector
was cleared.
This is information only, no
action required.
If this code does not clear:
1XX
1. System Board
Not listed above.
201, 20X
Memory data error.
1. Run Enhanced Diag.
Memory Test
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
225
1. Unsupported Memory
88 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
229
1. L2 Cache Memory
External cache test error.
2. System Board
262
1. Run Setup. Check
System Summary
menu for memory
type change. (See
“Setup Utility
POST detected a base
memory or extended
memory type error.
program” on
page 41.)
2. Run the Extended
Memory Diagnostic
tests.
301
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
303
1. Mouse
With an 8603 error.
2. Keyboard
3. Keyboard Cable
4. System Board
303
1. Keyboard
With no 8603 error.
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
3XX
1. Keyboard
Not listed above.
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
5XX
601
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
1. Diskette Drive A
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. System Board
4. Riser card
602
1. Bad Diskette ?
2. Verify Diskette and
retry.
604
1. Run Setup and verify
diskette configuration
settings
And able to run diagnostics.
2. Diskette Drive A/B
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. System Board
5. Riser card
605
1. Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. System Board
4. Riser card
POST cannot unlock the
diskette drive.
662
1. Diskette drive
configuration error or
wrong diskette drive
type, run Setup
Configuration.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
6XX
Not listed above.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Riser card
4. External Drive Adapter
5. Diskette Drive Cable
6. Power Supply
762
1. Run Setup
2. Processor
3. System Board
Math coprocessor
configuration error.
7XX
1. Processor
Not listed above.
2. System Board
962
1. Run Configuration
2. Parallel Adapter
(if installed)
Parallel port configuration
error.
3. System Board
9XX
1. Printer
2. System Board
1047
1. 16-Bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
107X
1. Check SCSI
terminator
Check SCSI terminator
installation.
installation.
2. SCSI Cable
3. SCSI Terminator
4. SCSI Device
5. SCSI Adapter
1101
1. Run Enhanced
Serial connector error,
possible system board
failure.
Diagnostics
1101, 1102, 1106,
1108, 1109
1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
1107
1. Communications
Cable
2. System Board
1102
1. Run Enhanced
Card selected feedback
error.
Diagnostics
1103
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
Port fails register check.
2. System Board
1106
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
2. System Board
Serial option cannot
be turned off.
1107
1. Serial Device Cable
2. System Board
1110
Register test failed.
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
2. System Board
1116
1. Run Enhanced
Interrupt error.
Diagnostics
90 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
1117
1. Run Enhanced
Failed baud rate test.
Diagnostics
1162
1. Run Configuration
2. Serial Adapter
(if installed)
Serial port configuration
error.
3. System Board
11XX
1. System Board
Not listed above.
1201
1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
1202, 1206, 1208,
1209, 12XX
1. Dual Async
Adapter/A
2. System Board
3. Any Serial Device
1207
13XX
1. Communications
Cable
2. Dual Async Adapter/A
1. Game Adapter
1402
Information only
Printer not ready.
1403
Information only
No paper error, or
interrupt failure.
1404
1. Run Enhanced
System board timeout
failure.
Diagnostics
1405
1. Run Enhanced
Parallel adapter error.
Diagnostics
1406
1. Run Enhanced
Presence test error.
Diagnostics
14XX
1. Printer
Not listed above.
Check printer before
replacing system board.
2. System Board
15XX
1. SDLC Adapter
1692
1. Run FDISK to ensure
at least one active
Boot sequence error.
partition is set active.
16XX
1. 36/38 Workstation
Adapter
1762
1. Run Configuration
(See “Setup Utility
program” on
Hard disk drive configuration
error.
page 41.)
1780 (Disk Drive 0)
1781 (Disk Drive 1)
1782 (Disk Drive 2)
1783 (Disk Drive 3)
1. See “Power supply”
on page 29.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. System Board
4. Riser card
5. Hard Disk Cable
6. Power Supply
PC 300 - 6584/6594 91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
180X, 188X
PCI configuration or
resource error.
1. Run Setup and verify
PCI/ISA configuration
settings.
2. If necessary, set ISA
adapters to “Not
available” to allow PCI
adapters to properly
configure.
3. Remove any suspect
ISA adapters.
4. Rerun diagnostics.
5. PCI Adapter
1962
1. Possible hard disk
drive problem, see
“Hard disk drive boot
error” on page 41.
Boot sequence error.
209X
1. Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Cable
3. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
20XX
1. BSC Adapter
Not listed above
21XX
1. SCSI Device
2. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
3. Alternate BSC Adapter
2401, 2402
1. Display
If screen colors change.
2401, 2402
1. System Board
If screen colors are OK.
2. Display
2409
2410
1. Display
1. System Board
2. Display
2462
1. Check cable
connections.
2. Run Setup and verify
video configuration
settings.
Video memory configuration
error.
3. Video Memory
Modules
4. Video Adapter
(if installed)
5. System Board
3015, 3040
1. Network Attached?
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem
Check for missing wrap
or terminator plug on the
adapter.
4. PC Network Adapter
30XX
1. PC Network Adapter
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem?
92 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
3115, 3140
FRU/Action
1. Network Attached?
2. LF Translator
3. Alternate PC
Network-Adapter
4. Cable Problem
31XX
1. Alternate PC Network
Adapter
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem
36XX
1. GPIB Adapter
1. DAC Adapter
38XX
4611, 4630
1. Multiport/2 Interface
Board
2. Multiport/2 Adapter
4612, 4613 4640, 4641
1. Memory Module
Package
2. Multiport/2 Adapter
4650
1. Multiport/2 Interface
Cable
46XX
Not listed above.
1. Multiport/2 Adapter
2. Multiport/2 Interface
Board
3. Memory Module
5600
1. Financial System
Controller Adapter
5962
1. Run Configuration
2. CD-ROM Drive
3. CD-ROM Adapter
4. ZIP or other ATAPI
device
An IDE device (other than
hard drive) configuration
error.
5. System Board
6. Riser card
62XX
63XX
1. 1st Store Loop
Adapter
2. Adapter Cable
1. 2nd Store Loop
Adapter
2. Adapter Cable
64XX
71XX
74XX
1. Network Adapter
1. Voice Adapter
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
76XX
78XX
79XX
80XX
84XX
1. Page Printer Adapter
1. High Speed Adapter
1. 3117 Adapter
1. PCMCIA Adapter
1. Speech Adapter
2. Speech Control Assy.
PC 300 - 6584/6594 93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
8601, 8602
1. Pointing Device
(Mouse)
2. System Board
8603, 8604
1. System Board
2. Pointing Device
(Mouse)
86XX
1. Mouse
Not listed above
2. System Board
89XX
91XX
96XX
1. PC Music Adapter
2. MIDI Adapter Unit
1. Optical Drive
2. Adapter
1. SCSI Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
4. Riser card
10101, 10102, 10104
10105, 10106, 10107
10108, 10109, 10111
10112, 10113, 10114
10115, 10116
1. Have customer verify
correct operating
system device
drivers are installed
and operational.
2. Modem
10103, 10110, 101171
1. System Board
2. Data/Fax Modem
3. Riser card
10117
Not listed above.
1. Check system
speaker
2. Check PSTN cable
3. External DAA
(if installed)
4. Modem
10118
1. Run Diagnostics and
verify the correct
operation of the
modem slot
2. Modem
10119
10120
1. Diagnostics detected
a non-IBM modem
2. Modem
1. Check PSTN Cable
2. External DAA
(if installed)
3. Modem
10132, 10133, 10134
10135, 10136, 10137
10138, 10139, 10140
10141, 10142, 10143
10144, 10145, 10146
10147, 10148, 10149
10150, 10151, 10152
1. Modem
10153
1. Data/Fax Modem
2. System Board
3. Riser card
94 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
101XX
Not listed above.
1. Modem Adapter/A
2. Data/Fax Modem
3. System Board
4. Riser card
10450, 10451, 10490
10491, 10492, 10499
Read/write error.
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. System Board
4. Riser card
10452
1. Run Enhanced
Seek test error.
Diagnostics
10453
Information only
Wrong drive type?
10454
1. Run Enhanced
Sector buffer test error.
Diagnostics
10455, 10456
1. Run Enhanced
Controller error.
Diagnostics
10459
Information only
Drive diagnostic command
error.
10461
1. Run Enhanced
Drive format error
Diagnostics
10462
1. Run Enhanced
Controller seek error.
Diagnostics
10464
1. Run Enhanced
Hard Drive read error.
Diagnostics
10467
1. Run Enhanced
Drive non fatal seek error.
Diagnostics
10468
1. Run Enhanced
Drive fatal seek error.
Diagnostics
10469
1. Run Enhanced
Drive soft error count
exceeded.
Diagnostics
10470, 10471, 10472
1. Run Enhanced
Controller wrap error.
Diagnostics
10473
Information only
Corrupt data. Low level
format might be required.
10480
1. Hard Disk Drive
(ESDI)
2. Drive Cable
3. System Board
10481
1. Run Enhanced
ESDI drive D seek error.
Diagnostics
10482
1. Run Enhanced
Drive select
Diagnostics
acknowledgement bad.
106X1
1. Check Configuration
2. Ethernet Adapter
PC 300 - 6584/6594 95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
10635
FRU/Action
1. Power-off computer,
wait ten seconds;
then power-on the
computer.
2. Ethernet Adapter
10651, 10660
1. Check Cables
2. Ethernet Adapter
106XX
1. Ethernet Adapter
Not listed above.
107XX
1. 5.25-inch External
Diskette Drive
2. 5.25-inch Diskette
Drive Adapter/A
109XX
Check the adapter cables.
1. ActionMedia
Adapter/A
2. System Board
3. Riser card
112XX
This adapter does
not have cache.
1. SCSI Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
4. Riser card
119XX
121XX
1. 3119 Adapter
1. Modem Adapter
2. Any Serial Device
3. System Board
4. Riser card
136XX
1. ISDN Primary Rate
Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
137XX
141XX
1. System Board
1. Realtime Interface
Coprocessor
Portmaster
Adapter/A
143XX
1. Japanese Display
Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
14710, 14711
1. System Board
Video Adapter
2. Adapter Video Memory
148XX
1. Video Adapter
14901, 14902
1491X, 14922
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Riser card
4. Display (any type)
14932
1. External Display
2. Video Adapter
96 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
161XX
FRU/Action
1. FaxConcentrator
Adapter
164XX
1. 120 MB Internal Tape
Drive
2. Diskette Cable
3. System Board
4. Riser card
16500
1. 6157 Tape
Attachment Adapter
16520, 16540
1. 6157 Streaming Tape
Drive
2. 6157 Tape Attachment
Adapter
166XX, 167XX
1. Token Ring Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
18001 to 18029
1. Wizard Adapter
2. Wizard Adapter
Memory
18031 to 18039
185XXXX
1. Wizard Adapter Cable
1. DBCS Japanese
Display Adapter/A
2. System Board
3. Riser card
20001 to 20003
20004
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
1. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
2. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
20005 to 20010
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
200XX
Not listed above.
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
3. System Board
4. Riser card
20101 to 20103
1. Printer/Scanner
Option
2. Image Adapter/A
3. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
20104
1. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
2. Printer/Scanner Option
3. Image Adapter/A
PC 300 - 6584/6594 97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
20105 to 20110
1. Printer/Scanner
Option
2. Image Adapter/A
3. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
Image Adapter/A
Memory Test failure
indicated by graphic
of adapter.
1. Replace memory
module (shown in
graphic.)
206XX
1. SCSI-2 Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
4. Riser card
208XX
1. Any SCSI Device
Verify there are no duplicate
SCSI ID settings on the
same bus.
210XXX1
External bus, size unknown.
1. SCSI Hard Disk Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable
4. SCSI ID Switch
(on some models)
Tape Drive amber LED
remains on.
1. Tape Drive
2. SCSI Cable (internal)
3. SCSI Adapter
Tape Drive green “in use”
LED fails to come on.
1. Tape Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable (internal)
SCSI Cable (external)
Tape automatically ejected
from drive.
1. Tape Cassette
2. Drive
SCSI ID on rotary switch
does not match SCSI ID
set in configuration.
Verify drive switches
inside cover are set to
zero.
1. Rotary Switch Circuit
Board
2. Circuit Board Cable
3. Tape Drive
Tape sticks/breaks in
drive.
1. Tape Cassette
Verify that the tapes used
meet ANSI standard X3B5.
212XX
1. SCSI Printer
2. Printer Cable
213XX
214XX
1. SCSI Processor
1. WORM Drive
215XXXC
215XXXD
215XXXE
215XXXU
1. CD-ROM Drive I
CD-ROM Drive II
Enhanced CD-ROM
Drive II
If an external device, and
power-on LED is off, check
external voltages.
Any CD-ROM Drive
2. SCSI Cable
3. SCSI Adapter
98 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
216XX
FRU/Action
1. Scanner
217XX
1. Rewritable Optical
Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable
If an external device, and
power-on LED is off, check
external voltages.
218XX
1. Changer
Check for multi CD
tray, or juke box.
219XX
1. SCSI
Communications
Device
24201Y0, 24210Y0
Be sure wrap plug is
attached.
1. ISDN/2 Adapter
2. ISDN/2 Wrap Plug
3. ISDN/2
Communications
Cable
273XX
1. 1 Mbps Micro
Channel Infrared LAN
Adapter
27501, 27503
27506, 27507
1. ServerGuard Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
27502, 27504, 27510
27511, 27533, 27534
27536, 27537
1. ServerGuard Adapter
27509
1. Remove redundant
adapters, run Auto
Configuration
program, then retest.
27512
1. WMSELF.DGS
diagnostics file
missing.
2. WMSELF.DGS
diagnostics file
incorrect.
27535
27554
1. 3V Lithium Backup
Battery
2. ServerGuard Adapter
1. Internal Temperature
out of range
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27555, 27556
1. ServerGuard Adapter
2. Power Supply
27557
1. 7.2V NiCad Main
Battery Pack
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27558, 27559
27560, 27561
1. PCMCIA Type II
Modem
2. ServerGuard Adapter
PC 300 - 6584/6594 99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
27562
FRU/Action
1. External Power
Control not
connected
2. External Power Control
3. ServerGuard Adapter
27563, 27564
1. External Power
Control
2. ServerGuard Adapter
275XX
1. Update Diagnostic
Software
27801 to 27879
1. Personal Dictation
System Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
27880 to 27889
1. External FRU
(Speaker, Microphone)
I999030X
Hard disk reset failure.
Possible hard disk drive
problem, see “Hard disk
drive boot error” on
page 41.
100 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Miscellaneous error messages
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
CMOS Backup Battery
inaccurate.
1. CMOS Backup
Battery
See page “Safety
information” on
page 332.
2. System Board
Changing colors.
1. Display
Computer will not power-off.
See “Power supply” on
page 29.
1. Power Switch
2. System Board
3. Riser card
Computer will not RPL from
server
1. Ensure Network is in
startup sequence as
first device or first
device after diskette.
2. Ensure Network
adapter is enabled for
RPL.
3. Network adapter
(Advise network
administrator of new
MAC address)
Computer will not Wake On
LAN
1. Check power supply
and signal cable
connections to
network adapter.
2. Ensure Wake On LAN
feature is enabled in
Setup/Configuration.
See “Setup Utility
program” on page 41.
3. Ensure network
administrator is using
correct MAC address.
4. Ensure no interrupt or
I/O address conflicts.
5. Network adapter
(Advise network
administrator of new
MAC address)
Dead computer.
See “Power supply” on
page 29.
1. Power Switch
2. Power Supply
3. System Board
4. Riser card
Diskette drive in-use light
remains on or does not light
when drive is active.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Riser card
Flashing cursor with an
otherwise blank display.
1. System Board
2. Primary Hard Disk
Drive
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable
4. Riser card
PC 300 - 6584/6594 101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Incorrect memory size
during POST.
1. Run the Memory
tests.
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
“Insert a Diskette” icon
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Riser card
appears with a known-good
diagnostics diskette in the
first 3.5-inch diskette drive.
5. Network Adapter
Intensity or color varies from
left to right of characters
and color bars.
1. Display
2. System Board
No power, or fan not
running.
1. See “Power supply”
on page 29.
Non-system disk or disk
error-type message
with a known-good
diagnostic diskette.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Riser card
Other display symptoms not
listed above (including blank
or illegible display).
1. See “Display” on
page 31.
2. System Board
3. Display
Power-on indicator or hard
disk drive in-use light
not on, but computer
works correctly.
1. Power Supply
2. System Board
3. LED Cables
Printer problems.
1. See “Printer” on
page 28.
Program loads from the
hard disk with a
known-good diagnostics
diskette in the first 3.5-inch
diskette drive.
1. Run Setup
2. Diskette Drive
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. System Board
5. Riser card
6. Power Supply
RPL computer cannot
access programs from its
own hard disk.
1. If network admin. is
using LCCM Hybrid
RPL, check startup
sequence: First
device: network;
Second device: hard
disk
2. Hard disk drive
RPL computer does not
RPL from server.
1. Check startup
sequence
2. Check the network
adapter LED status
Serial or parallel port device
failure (system board port).
1. External Device
Self-Test OK?
2. External Device
3. Cable
4. System Board
102 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Serial or parallel port device
failure (adapter port).
1. External Device
Self-Test OK?
2. External Device
3. Cable
4. Alternate Adapter
5. System Board
6. Riser Card
Some or all keys on the
keyboard do not work.
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
PC 300 - 6584/6594 103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Undetermined problem
Check the power supply voltages. See “Power supply” on
page 29. If the voltages are correct, return here and
continue with the following steps.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect the following, if installed, one
at a time:
a. Non-IBM devices
b. External devices (modem, printer, or mouse)
c. Any adapters
d. Riser card
e. Memory modules
Before removing or replacing memory modules,
see “System board memory” on page 59.
f. Extended video memory
g. External Cache
h. External Cache RAM
i. Hard disk drive
j. Diskette drive
3. Power-on the computer to re-test the system.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until you find the failing
device or adapter.
If all devices and adapters have been removed, and the
problem continues, replace the system board. See
“Replacing a system board” on page 47.
104 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model tables -
Country/Region/Language
Use this table to identify the country/region/language of the
specific Models that are listed in the Type/Model
configuration tables section.
In most cases, country or language designation will be
identified by the last digit of the model number. Some
models might be listed twice, as X and (J), for
Country/Language identification. (J) is for Japan only.
Table 1. Country/Region/Language Model Definition.
EMEA
Model
EMEA preload
xxG
North America
US English
Model
xxU
Canadian French
xxF
Latin America (LA)
Portuguese (Brazil)
LA Spanish
Model
xxP
xxS
LA English
xxL
Asia Pacific (AP)
AP English w/Keyboard
AP English w/o Keyboard
Japan (Japanese)
Hong Kong (AP English)
China (Chinese)
Model
xxA
xxB
xxJ
xxH
xxC
xxD
xxT
China (AP English)
Thailand (Thai)
Taiwan (Chinese)
xxV
xxW
xxK
xxR
Taiwan (AP English)
Korea (Korean)
Korea (AP English)
PC 300 - 6584/6594 105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Type/Model configuration tables
(6584/6594)
Notes
Ÿ
Some open bay models are identified as AAP
(Authorized Assembler Program) models. AAP
models are manufactured by IBM without certain
devices such as:
–
–
–
–
–
–
Graphics
Hard Disk Drive
CD-ROM unit
Memory
Video or other option card
Preload
AAP IBM Dealers and Business Partners install
certain devices (IBM options) in these open bay
models.
Other then AAP IBM Dealers and Business
Partners can purchase these open bay models.
The IBM HelpCenter has information, based on
system serial number, for identifying installed IBM
options in open bay AAP models.
Ÿ
16X Max CD-ROM drive runs at a constant
speed. This allows for eight-speed reading at the
disk hub and sixteen-speed reading at the disk
edge.
–
–
–
–
For 24X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 10X and 24X.
For 32X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 14X and 32X.
For 40X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 17X and 40X.
For 48X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 20X and 48X.
Table
Page
PC 300 Type 6584
PC 300 Type 6594
107
110
106 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Desktop
-
6584
Type
30
PC
3).
of
1
(Page
2
Table
PC 300 - 6584/6594 107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Desktop
-
6584
Type
30
PC
3).
of
2
(Page
2
Table
108 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Desktop
-
6584
Type
30
PC
3).
of
3
(Page
2
Table
PC 300 - 6584/6594 109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Mictower
-
6594
Type
30
PC
2).
of
1
(Page
3
Table
110 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Mictower
-
6594
Type
30
PC
2).
of
2
(Page
3
Table
PC 300 - 6584/6594 111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes:
112 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts (Type 6584)
PC 300 - 6584/6594 113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts listing
Index
System (Type 6584)
FRU
No.
1
2
3
Top and Front Cover Assembly
CD-ROM (48X Max)
9.1 GB SCSI 7200RPM Hard Disk
Drive
01K6030
09N0735
36L8648
3
3
4
5
5
10.1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
Hard drive Cage Latch Kit
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
(Japan)
37L5717
36L8628
33L2606
75H9550
75H9552
6
7
8
3.5" Diskette Bracket
RFID Antenna
System Board (no processor, no
memory)
33L2599
03K9654
01K2119
9
9
9
9
10
Pentium III Processor 600/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 677/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 733/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 800/133 MHz.
Memory - 128 MB PC700 Memory
RIMM, Non-ECC
37L6034
00N3622
00N7174
09N9097
33L3102
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
19
20
21
21
21
Memory Continuity Card (C-RIMM)
Side Bracket
Latch, system board
C2 Switch Assembly
Fan 92mm with grommets
Air Baffle
Fan Bracket
Speaker/Cable Assembly
I/O Bracket
Riser Card (PCI only)
Riser Card (PCI/ISA)
Chassis Assembly with latch
Power Supply-145W
Power Supply-145W (China)
Power Supply-145W (Japan)
Bezel Kit
Cable - CD-ROM, IDE (1 drop)
Cable - Diskette Drive
Cable - Hard Disk, IDE
Cable - Wake On Ring
DASD EMC Shield Kit
Ethernet Adapter - Lake Clark 2.4
Foot (4)
Hard Drive Rails (Qty 2)
Keylock Assembly
LED/Power Switch Cable Assembly
Lithium Battery
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Mouse - Scrollpoint 2
Name Plate (6584)
00N5223
03K9662
03K9665
33L2603
33L2594
33L2593
33L2601
37L5554
03K9622
28L4926
37L1531
33L2602
36L8841
36L8836
36L8843
03K9663
33L2597
33L2596
19K7616
76H7345
33L2600
34L1109
33L2592
01K1539
02K1428
20L3021
33F8354
33L2605
28L1865
03K9664
33L4321
00N5237
19K4812
37L5566
33L2735
03K9626
RM Retainer Kit
Savage 2 Video Card - 100 2xAGP
Savage 2 Video Card - 143 4xAGP
Savage 2 Video Card-4xAGP Dongle
SCSI Signal Cable Assembly
System Board Rails
114 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts (Type 6594)
PC 300 - 6584/6594 115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts listing
Index
System (Type 6594)
FRU
No.
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
7
Handle Assembly
Power Switch/LED Cable Assembly
Front Bezel
33L2555
12J4510
12J4495
09N0735
36L8689
36L8628
01K1889
75H9550
75H9552
CD-ROM (48X Max)
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
Louver Blank Bezels
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
(Japan)
8
9
3.5" Front Panel
Model Plate
RFID Antenna
Bottom Cover Assembly
Foot (4)
92MM Fan Assembly with isolators
Card Guide, Fan Holder, Air Duct
Speaker with Cable Assembly
C2 Switch Cable Assembly
Access Cover Assembly
60MM Fan Assembly
Hard Disk Bracket
Power Supply-200W
Power Supply-200W (Japan)
I/O Clamp
Keylock Assembly
Chassis Assembly
Top Cover
Latch and screw, system board
Memory - 128 MB PC700 Memory
RIMM, Non-ECC
01K1854
12J4499
03K9654
33L2560
12J6294
33L2594
33L2557
03K9607
01K1495
33L2556
00N5194
33L2558
75H8991
76H4873
33L2562
12J5102
33L2559
12J4509
01K1612
33L3102
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
26
Memory - 128 MB PC700 Memory
RIMM, ECC
33L3108
26
27
27
27
27
28
Memory Continuity Card (C-RIMM)
Pentium III Processor 600/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 667/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 733/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 800/133 MHz.
System Board (no processor, no
memory)
00N5223
37L6034
00N3622
00N7174
09N9097
01K2119
28
System Board (no processor, no
memory 256 Bit Lock)
AGP Card Blank Bracket
Cable - CD-ROM Audio
Cable - Secondary CD-ROM, IDE
Cable - Diskette Drive
Cable - Hard Disk, IDE
Cable - Wake On Ring
Cable - SCSI LVD 5 Drop
Cable - SCSI LED
09N5934
03K9623
75H9219
12J4518
76H7340
33L2564
76H7345
37L5558
76H7344
34L1109
33F8354
Ethernet Adapter - Lake Clark 2.4
Lithium Battery
116 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
System (Type 6594)
FRU
No.
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
includes:
33L2561
(2)M4X12 Screw, carrying handle
(6)I/O blanks
(4)M3.5X0.6 screw, thread forming
(4)M3.0X0.5 screw, thread forming
(12)Rubber isolating grommets
(12)6-32 screw, hard drive shoulder
Misc. Optional Bezels
Mouse - Scrollpoint 2
Rail, system board
Riser Card PCI only
Riser Card PCI/ISA
Riser Supports, front and rear
RM Retainer Kit
Savage Video Card - 100 2xAGP
Savage Video Card - 143 4xAGP
Savage Video Card 4xAGP Dongle
SCSI Adapter
09N5871
28L1865
03K9626
37L1522
37L1531
02K2766
33L4321
00N5237
19K4812
37L5566
10L7122
PC 300 - 6584/6594 117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboards - PCNext Lite (PC 300 Type 6584/6594)
Arabic
37L2518
37L2519
37L2520
28L1826
37L2521
37L2548
37L2522
37L2523
37L2524
37L2525
37L0912
37L2515
37L2526
37L2527
37L2528
37L2529
37L2531
28L1860
28L1858
37L2516
37L2532
37L2533
37L2534
37L2535
37L2536
37L2537
37L2538
37L2539
37L2540
37L2541
37L2550
37L2542
37L2543
37L2544
37L2514
37L2546
37L2545
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Chinese
Czech
Danish
Dutch
French
French/Canadian-ID 058
French/Canadian-ID 445
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Italian
Korean
Japanese
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romania
Russian
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovakian
Spanish
Swed/Finn
Swiss French/German
Thailand
Turkish (ID 179)
Turkish (ID 440)
UK English
US English
UK English (ISO Compliant)
Yugoslavian
118 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Computer Power Cords
Arabic Countries
Argentina
Australia
Belgium
Bulgaria
Canada
Chile
China (Aptiva 2173)
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Israel
14F0033
36L8880
93F2365
1339520
1339520
93F2364
14F0069
02K0545
1339520
13F9997
1339520
1339520
1339520
1339520
14F0087
14F0069
6952301
1339520
93F2365
1339520
36L8880
1339520
1339520
1339520
1339520
14F0015
1339520
1339520
14F0051
93F2364
14F0033
36L8880
1339520
Italy
Latin-America
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Paraguay
Poland
Portugal
Serbia
Slovakia
South Africa
Spain
Switzerland
Switzerland (French, German)
U.S.
UK, Ireland
Uruguay
Yugoslavia
Display and Monitor Information
Display and monitor information is separately available and
is listed under “Related publications” on page vi.
Special tools
The following tools are required to service these
computers:
Ÿ
Ÿ
A volt-ohm meter, IBM P/N 73G5404
Wrap Plug, IBM P/N 72X8546
PC 300 - 6584/6594 119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
120 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IntelliStation - 6866
This section contains the general checkout procedures,
additional service information, computer exploded view,
Symptom-to-FRU indexes, undetermined problem, model
tables, and parts listings for the IBM IntelliStation, type
6866 computer.
Note
This manual and the diagnostic tests are intended to
test only IBM products. Non-IBM products of any kind
including adapter cards, accelerator boards, options,
or non-IBM devices, can give false errors and invalid
computer responses. If you remove a non-IBM device
and the symptom goes away, the problem is with the
device you removed.
General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Module test menu and hardware configuration
report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Printer
Power supply
20-pin main power supply connection . . . . . 130
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . 132
Power-on self-test (POST) . . . . . . . . . . 132
POST beep codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics . . . . . . . . 133
Starting the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Navigating through the diagnostic programs . . 134
Running diagnostic tests . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Test selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics . . . . 134
Alert On LAN test
Asset ID test
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Hard File SMART Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test . . . . . . . . 137
Quick and Full erase - hard drive . . . . . . . 137
Iomega Zip Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Asset EEPROM backup
Viewing the test log
. . . . . . . . . . . 138
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
RIMM memory errors . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Setup Utility program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Hard disk drive boot error
When to use the Low-Level Format program
Preparing the hard disk drive for use . . . . . 141
. . . . . . . . . . 140
.
141
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Specifications Type 6866 . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Additional service information
. . . . . . . . . . 144
Copyright IBM Corp. 2000
121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacing a processor/Installing a second
microprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Replacing a system board
Security features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
. . . . . . . . . . 146
Power-on password . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Administrator password . . . . . . . . . . 147
Administrator password control
. . . . . . 148
Operating system password . . . . . . . . 148
Vital Product Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Alert on LAN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Hard disk drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . 149
IDE hard disk drive settings . . . . . . . . 149
CD-ROM drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . 150
BIOS levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure
. . . . . 152
Flash recovery boot block . . . . . . . . . . 152
Power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
(ACPI) BIOS
Advanced Power Management
Automatic Hardware Power Management
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
. . . . . . 153
features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Setting Automatic Hardware Power
Management features . . . . . . . . . . 154
Automatic Power-On features . . . . . . . 154
Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over
network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Wake on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
System board memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Locating components on the memory card
Type 6866 memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Removing a RIMM or C-RIMM . . . . . . . . 160
Installing a RIMM or C-RIMM . . . . . . . . . 162
Computer exploded view (Type 6866) . . . . . . 163
Input/Output connectors . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Front bezel removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
. . 157
Card guide/fan assembly removal . . . . . . . 166
Battery removal and installation . . . . . . . . 167
Installing long adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Installing internal drives
. . . . . . . . . . . 169
Installing a drive in bay 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Removing drives in bays 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 . . 170
Power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
System board removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Rack mount configuration
Preparing the computer for installation
Preparing the rack enclosure . . . . . . . . . 176
Installing the computer in the rack enclosure 180
System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
. . . . . . . . . . 174
. . . . 174
.
System board switch settings . . . . . . . . . 184
Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
122 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Beep symptoms
No beep symptoms
POST error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Miscellaneous error messages . . . . . . . . 203
Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 207
Type/Model configuration tables (6866) . . . . 208
Parts (Type 6866) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Parts listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Special tools
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
IntelliStation - 6866 123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General checkout
This general checkout procedure is for Type 6866
computers.
Attention
The drives in the computer you are servicing might
have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence
changed. Be extremely careful during write operations
such as copying, saving, or formatting. Data or
programs can be overwritten if you select an incorrect
drive.
Diagnostic error messages appear when a test program
finds a problem with a hardware option. For the test
programs to properly determine if a test Passed, Failed, or
Aborted, the test programs check the error-return code at
test completion. See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” on
page 133.
General error messages appear if a problem or conflict is
found by an application program, the operating system, or
both. For an explanation of these messages, refer to the
information supplied with that software package.
Notes
1. Before replacing any FRUs, ensure the latest
level of BIOS is installed on the system. A
down-level BIOS might cause false errors and
unnecessary replacement of the system board.
For more information on how to determine and
obtain the latest level BIOS, see “BIOS levels” on
page 151.
2. If multiple error codes are displayed, diagnose
the first error code displayed.
3. If the computer hangs with a POST error, go to
“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 185.
4. If the computer hangs and no error is displayed,
go to “Undetermined problem” on page 206.
5. If an installed device is not recognized by the
diagnostics program, that device might be
defective.
The power-on default is quick bring-up. To enable
Enhanced bring-up, select the Start Options in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program (see “Setup Utility
program” on page 140) then, enable Enhanced POST.
001
– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Make sure the system board is seated properly.
– Set all display controls to the middle position.
(Step 001 continues)
124 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
001 (continued)
– Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics diskette into
drive A or CD into the CD drive.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the computer.
– Check for the following response:
1. Readable instructions or the Main Menu.
Note
Type 6866 computers default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status and Enhanced
POST in setup. See “Setup Utility program” on
page 140.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE?
Yes No
002
If the Power Management feature is enabled, do the
following:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program
(see “Setup Utility program” on page 140)
2. Select Power Management from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
3. Select APM
4. Be sure APM BIOS Mode is set to Disabled.
If it is not, press Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow
(→) to change the setting.
5. Select Automatic Hardware Power
Management.
6. Set Automatic Hardware Power Management
to Disabled.
– or –
Go to the “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” on
page 133.
003
Run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test. If necessary,
refer to “Diagnostics and test information” on page 132.
Ÿ
If you receive an error, replace the part that the
diagnostic program calls out or go to “IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics” on page 133.
If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace the
last device tested.
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses, go
to “Keyboard” on page 128.
(Step 003 continues)
IntelliStation - 6866 125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(CONTINUED)
003 (continued)
Ÿ
If the printer has incorrect responses, go to “Printer”
on page 128.
Ÿ
If the display has problems such as jittering, rolling,
shifting, or being out of focus, go to “Display” on
page 131.
126 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Module test menu and hardware
configuration report
Depending on the diagnostics version level you are using,
the installed devices in the computer are verified in one of
two ways:
1. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the Module Test
Menu is displayed. Normally, all installed devices in
the computer are highlighted on the menu.
2. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the main menu
appears. From this menu, select System Info then
select Hardware Configuration from the next menu.
Normally, all installed devices in the computer are
highlighted on this report.
If an installed device is not recognized by the diagnostics
program:
Ÿ
The diagnostic code for the device is not on the
diagnostic diskette. Run the diagnostics provided
with that device.
Ÿ
The missing device is defective or it requires an
additional diskette or service manual.
An unrecognizable device is installed.
A defective device is causing another device not to be
recognized.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The SCSI controller failed (on the system board or
SCSI adapter).
Use the procedure in “Undetermined problem” on
page 206 to find the problem.
If a device is missing from the list, replace it. If this does
not correct the problem, use the procedure in
“Undetermined problem” on page 206.
IntelliStation - 6866 127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard
Note
If a mouse or other pointing device is attached,
remove it to see if the error symptom goes away. If
the symptom goes away, the mouse or pointing device
is defective.
001
– Power-off the computer.
– Disconnect the keyboard cable from the system unit.
– Power-on the computer and check the keyboard cable
connector on the system unit for the voltages shown.
All voltages are 5%.
Pin
1
Voltage (Vdc)
+5.0
2
3
4
5
6
Reserved
Ground
+5.0
+5.0
Reserved
6
5
3
4
1
2
ARE THE VOLTAGES CORRECT?
Yes No
002
Replace the system board.
003
On keyboards with a detachable cable, replace the cable.
If the problem remains or if the cable is permanently
attached to the keyboard, replace the keyboard. If the
problem remains, replace the system board.
Printer
1. Make sure the printer is properly connected and
powered on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem is
in the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, install a wrap plug in
the parallel port and run the diagnostic tests to determine
which FRU failed.
If the diagnostic tests (with the wrap plug installed) do not
detect a failure, replace the printer cable. If that does not
correct the problem, replace the system board or adapter
connected to the printer cable.
128 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power supply
If the power-on indicator is not on, the power-supply fan is
not running, or the computer will not power-off, do the
following.
Check/Verify
FRU/Action
Reseat
1. Check the following for
proper installation.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power Cord
On/Off Switch
connector
Ÿ
Ÿ
System Board
Power Supply
connectors
microprocessor(s)
connection
2. Check the power cord
for proper continuity.
Power Cord
3. Check the power-on
switch for continuity
when pressed.
Power-on Switch
If the above are correct, check the following voltages.
IntelliStation - 6866 129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
20-pin main power supply connection
See “System board layout” on page 183 for connector
location.
Attention
These voltages must be checked with the power
supply cables connected to the system board.
1
10
20
11
Pin
1
Signal
3.3 V
3.3 V
COM
5 V
Function
+3.3 V dc
+3.3 V dc
Ground
2
3
4
+5 V dc
5
COM
5 V
Ground
6
+5 V dc
7
COM
POK
5VSB
12 V
3.3 V
-12 V
COM
PS-ON
COM
COM
COM
-5 V
Ground
8
Power Good
Standby Voltage
+12 V dc
+3.3 V dc
-12 V dc
Ground
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DC Remote Enable
Ground
Ground
Ground
-5 V dc
5 V
+5 V dc
5 V
+5 V dc
If the voltages are not correct, and the power cord is good,
replace the power supply.
130 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Display
If the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. If
that does not correct the problem, replace the video
adapter (if installed) or replace the system board.
If the screen is not rolling, do the following to run the
display self-test:
1. Power-off the computer and display.
2. Disconnect the display signal cable.
3. Power-on the display.
4. Turn the brightness and contrast controls clockwise to
their maximum setting.
5. Check for the following conditions:
Ÿ
You should be able to vary the screen intensity
by adjusting the contrast and brightness controls.
The screen should be white or light gray, with a
black margin (test margin) on the screen.
Ÿ
Note
The location of the test margin varies with the
type of display. The test margin might be on the
top, bottom, or one or both sides.
If you do not see any test margin on the screen,
replace the display. If there is a test margin on the
screen, replace the video adapter (if installed) or
replace the system board.
Note
During the first two or three seconds after the
display is powered on, the following might occur
while the display synchronizes with the computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Unusual patterns or characters
Static, crackling, or clicking sounds
A “power-on hum” on larger displays
A noticeable odor might occur on new displays or
displays recently removed from storage.
These sounds, display patterns, and odors are
normal; do not replace any parts.
If you are unable to correct the problem, go to
“Undetermined problem” on page 206.
IntelliStation - 6866 131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostics and test information
The following tools are available to help identify and
resolve hardware-related problems:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on self-test (POST)
POST Beep Codes
Error Code Format
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
Power-on self-test (POST)
Each time you power-on the system, it performs a series of
tests that check the operation of the system and some
options. This series of tests is called the power-on
self-test, or POST. POST does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks some basic system-board operations
Checks the memory operation
Starts the video operation
Verifies that the diskette drive is working
Verifies that the hard disk drive is working
If the POST finishes without detecting any problems, a
single beep sounds and the first screen of your operating
system or application program appears.
If the POST detects a problem, an error message appears
on your screen. A single problem can cause several error
messages to appear. When you correct the cause of the
first error message, the other error messages probably will
not appear on the screen the next time you turn on the
system.
POST beep codes
The Power On Self-Test generates a beeping sound to
indicate successful completion of POST or to indicate that
the tests detect an error.
One beep and the appearance of text on the display
indicates successful completion of the POST. More than
one beep indicates that the POST detects an error.
Note
Type 6866 computers default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
1. Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 140.
132 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics programs use a full
range of diagnostic utilities to determine the operating
condition of the computers hardware components. The
user interface is WaterGate's PC-Doctor which serves as
the control program for running the IBM PC Enhanced
Memory Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests
provided by PC-Doctor.
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics are available on-line
and can be downloaded from:
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select Support
Select IntelliStation
Select Brand/Product home page
Select Downloadable Files
Select Diagnostics
This diagnostic diskette includes:
Ÿ
A user interface (WaterGate Software's PC-Doctor)
–
This interface serves as the control program for
running both the IBM PC Enhanced Memory
Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests
provided by PC-Doctor.
Ÿ
IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics
–
The memory diagnostic tests determine which
RIMM pair is defective and report the sockets
where the failing pair is located. The Memory
diagnostics can run a quick and full test of the
system.
Note
Replace the RIMM pair one at a time to
identify the failing RIMM in the pair.
Note
See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics”for the IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics error codes.
Starting the IBM PC Enhanced
Diagnostics Program
To start the program:
1. Shut down and power-off the system.
2. Wait 10 seconds.
3. Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Diskette into
diskette drive A.
4. Power-on the system.
The initial diagnostics menu will be displayed.
IntelliStation - 6866 133
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Navigating through the diagnostic
programs
Use either the mouse or the keyboard to navigate through
the Enhanced Diagnostics program.
Ÿ
Use the cursor movement keys to navigate within the
menus.
Ÿ
Ÿ
The Enter key is used to select a menu item.
The Esc key is used to back up to the previous
menu.
Ÿ
For online help select F1.
Running diagnostic tests
There are four ways to run the diagnostic tests:
1. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight Run
Normal Test or Run Quick Test from the
Diagnostics Menu and then press Enter.
This will automatically run a pre-defined group of tests
from each test category. Run Normal Test runs a
more extensive set of tests than does Run Quick
Test and takes longer to execute.
2. Press F5 to automatically run all selected tests in all
categories. See “Test selection.”
3. From within a test category, press Ctrl-Enter to
automatically run only the selected tests in that
category. See “Test selection.”
4. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight a single
test within a test category and then press Enter. This
will run only that test.
Press Esc at any time to stop the testing process.
Test results, (N/A, PASSED, FAILED, ABORTED), are
displayed in the field beside the test description and in the
test log. See “Viewing the test log” on page 138.
Test selection
To select one or more tests:
1. Open the corresponding test category.
2. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight the
desired test.
3. Press Space bar.
A selected test is marked with a chevron, >>.
Pressing the space bar again de-selects a test and
removes the chevron.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to select all desired
tests.
IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics
The IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics provide the
capability to identify a particular RIMM pair that fails during
testing. Use the System board memory section to
reference the memory sockets, or select F1 twice to load
134 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
the Online Manual and select Chapter 11 'DIMM/RIMM
Locator'.
Note
Replace the RIMM pair one at a time to identify the
failing RIMM in the pair.
Follow the steps below to locate the IBM PC Enhanced
Memory Diagnostics test options.
1. Select the DIAGNOSTICS option on the toolbar and
press Enter.
2. Highlight either the 'Memory Test-Full' or 'Memory
Test-Quick option and press Enter.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Memory Test-Full
The full memory test will take about 80 seconds per
MB of memory and will detect marginal, intermittent,
and solid (stuck) memory failures.
Memory Test-Quick
The quick memory test will take about 20 seconds per
MB of memory and will detect solid (stuck) memory
failures only.
Notes
Either level of memory testing can be performed on all
memory or selected RIMM pair sockets.
Only pair sockets containing RIMMs can be selected
for testing. C-RIMM sockets are noted by ........
besides the test description.
Important
If the failing RIMM pairs are not identified by the
diagnostics, replace individual RIMM on the memory
board one at a time until the diagnostics run with out
error.
Alert On LAN test
The Alert On LAN test does the following:
Ÿ
Determines if Alert On LAN is supported on the
system.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks the revision ID register.
Verifies the EEPROM checksum.
Validates that a software alert can be sent.
Asset ID test
The Asset ID test does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Determines if Asset ID is supported on the system.
Verifies the EEPROM areas.
Performs an antenna detection test.
IntelliStation - 6866 135
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Test results
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostic test results will produce this
error code format:
Function Failure
Code Type
DeviceID Date
ChkDigits Text
Function Code: Represents the feature or function
within the PC.
Failure Type:
DeviceID:
Represents the type of error
encountered.
Contains the component's unit-id which
corresponds to either a fixed disk drive,
removable media drive, serial or
parallel port, processor, specific RIMM,
or a device on the PCI bus.
Date:
Contains the date on which the
diagnostic test was run. Date is
retrieved from CMOS and displayed
using the YYYYMMDD format.
Contains a 2-digit check-digit value to
ensure that:
ChkDigits:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Diagnostics were run on the
specified date
Diagnostics were run on the
specified IBM computer
The diagnostic error code is
recorded correctly
Text:
Note
Description of the error.
See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes” on
page 1 for error code listings.
Hard File SMART Test
Use the Hard File SMART Test when the system
management tool has detected a hard file SMART alert.
The SMART Test does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Interrogates IDE devices for support of the SMART
instruction set.
Issues a ENABLE SMART command to make sure
SMART functionality is active.
Checks the SMART RETURN STATUS command to
determine if any thresholds have been exceeded.
If thresholds have been exceeded, an error message is
shown, and the test fails. If no SMART is supported by
the drive, the test returns with N/A.
136 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test
The IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test provide the capability
to identify particular areas of a hard file which fails during
testing. This test also provide a method of correcting
certain types of errors.
To select the Fixed Disk Optimized Test:
1. Select the diagnostic option on the toolbar and press
Enter.
2. Select the Fixed Disk Optimized Test
3. Select Hard Drives - NORMAL TEST to run a
complete hard file test.
4. Select Hard Drives - PRESENCE TEST to run a test
to check the drive controller and report any SMART
information that the drive has detected.
Quick and Full erase - hard drive
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Program offers two
hard drive format utilities:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Quick Erase Hard Drive
Full Erase Hard Drive
The Quick Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that
performs the following:
Ÿ
Destroys the Master Boot Record (MBR) on the hard
drive.
Ÿ
Destroys all copies of the FAT Table on all partitions
(both the master and backup).
Ÿ
Ÿ
Destroys the partition table.
Provides messages that warn the user that this is a
non-recoverable process.
The Full Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that
performs the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Performs all the steps in Quick Erase.
Provides a DOS utility that writes random data to all
sectors of the hard drive.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Provide an estimate of time to completion along with
a visual representation of completion status.
Provides messages that warn the user that this is a
non-recoverable process.
Important
Make sure customer backs up all data before using
the Quick or Full Erase function.
To select the Quick Erase or Full Erase Hard Drive utility:
1. Select the UTILITY option on the toolbar and press
enter.
2. Select either the QUICK ERASE or FULL ERASE
HARD DISK option and then, follow the instructions.
IntelliStation - 6866 137
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Iomega Zip Drive Test
Use the Iomega Zip Drive Test to test the zip drive and the
drive interface. The test takes about 20 seconds to run.
The default tests the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Controller
Max Seek (50 times)
Random Seek (300 sectors)
Asset EEPROM backup
When replacing a system board, this utility allows the
backup of all Asset information from the EEPROM to
diskette. This utility also restores data to the EEPROM
from diskette after replacement of the system board.
To run this utility:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select Utility
Select Asset EEPROM Backup
follow instructions on screen.
Viewing the test log
Errors reported by the diagnostic test will be displayed by
the program as a failed test.
To view details of a failure or to view a list of test results,
do the following from any test category screen:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Press F3 to activate the log File
Press F3 again to save the file to diskette or F2 to
print the file.
RIMM memory errors: SIMM/DIMM/RIMM error
messages issued by the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics:
Important
If the failing RIMM pairs are not identified by the
diagnostics, replace individual RIMM on the memory
board one at a time until the diagnostics run with out
error.
Message
Failure Found
Recommended
Actions
2xx-1y
(for SIMMs)
A memory error
was detected in
SIMM socket Y
Replace the
SIMM in the
socket identified
by the last digit of
the error code.
Re-run the test.
If the same error
code occurs
again, replace
the system
board.
138 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Message
Failure Found
Recommended
Actions
2xx-2y
(for
DIMMs/RIMMs)
A memory error
was detected in
DIMM/RIMM pair
socket Y
Replace the
DIMM/RIMM in
the pair sockets
identified by the
last digit of the
error code one at
a time.
Re-run the test.
If the same error
code occurs
again, replace
both of the RIMM
pair.
If the same error
code occurs
again, replace
the memory
board or where
memory is on the
processor card,
replace the
processor card.
Corrupt BIOS
Information in
BIOS is not as
expected.
Reflash the
BIOS.
Perform boot
Not able to find
expected DMI
information from
BIOS.
block recovery.
Replace the
system board.
Memory controller
chipset vendor ID
does not match
expected value.
Test aborted by
user
User stopped
test.
Restart test.
Note:
"Y" is the SIMM/DIMM/RIMM socket number. Use the
System Board memory section to reference the memory
sockets.
IntelliStation - 6866 139
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setup Utility program
Attention
A customized setup configuration (other than default
settings) might exist on the computer you are
servicing. Running the Setup Utility program might
alter those settings. Note the current configuration
settings and verify that the settings are in place when
service is complete. To start the Setup Utility
program, see “Setup Utility program.”
The Setup Utility (configuration) program is stored in the
permanent memory of the computer. This program
includes settings for the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
System Summary
Product Data
Devices and I/O Ports
Start Options
Date and Time
System Security
Advanced Setup
ISA Legacy Resources
Power Management
To run the Setup Utility program, do the following:
1. Power-off the computer and wait for a few seconds
until all in-use lights go off.
2. Power-on the computer.
3. When the Setup Utility prompt appears on the screen
during start-up, press F1. The Setup Utility menu
appears.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen.
5. When finished, select System Summary to verify that
any configuration changes have been accepted.
Hard disk drive boot error
A hard disk drive boot error (error code 1962 can be
caused by the following:
Cause
Actions
The start-up drive is not in
the boot sequence in
configuration.
Check the configuration and
ensure the start-up drive is
in the boot sequence.
No operating system
installed on the boot drive.
Install an operating system
on the boot drive.
140 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cause
Actions
The boot sector on the
The drive must be
start-up drive is corrupted.
formatted, do the following:
1. Attempt to access and
recover (back-up) the
failing hard disk drive.
2. Using the operating
systems programs,
format the hard disk
drive.
3. Go to “Preparing the
hard disk drive for use”
on page 141.
The drive is defective.
Replace the hard disk drive.
When to use the Low-Level Format
program
Notes
1. The low-level format is not available on all
diagnostic diskettes.
2. Before formatting the hard disk drive, make a
back-up copy of the files on the drive to be
formatted.
Use the Low-Level Format program:
Ÿ
When you are installing software that requires a
low-level format
Ÿ
When you get recurring messages from the test
programs directing you to run the Low-Level Format
program on the hard disk
Ÿ
As a last resort before replacing a hard disk drive
Preparing the hard disk drive for use
When the Low-Level Format program is finished, restore to
the hard disk all the files that you previously backed up.
1. Partition the hard disk for your operating system.
(The commands vary with the operating system.
Refer to your operating-system manual for
instructions.)
2. Format the hard disk using your operating system.
(The commands vary with the operating system.
Refer to your operating-system manual for
instructions.)
3. Install the operating system.
You are now ready to restore the files.
IntelliStation - 6866 141
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product description
The IBM IntelliStation Type 6866 computer is available in
9x7, (nine drive bays, seven expansion slots) four 32-bit,
two 64-bit PCI slots, and one AGP slot as a tower model
only.
Security features
Ÿ
Cover lock and keys (located behind the CD-ROM
cover door)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Support for the addition of a U-bolt and lockable cable
Power-on and administrator passwords
Startup sequence control
Startup without diskette drive, keyboard, or mouse
Unattended start mode
Diskette and hard disk I/O control
Serial and parallel port I/O control
Alert on LAN
Security profile by device
IBM Security Solutions
Specifications Information (ISO/ANSI)
The model specifications information on the following
pages was determined in controlled acoustical
environments according to procedures specified by the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) S12.10 and
ISO 7779, and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296.
Actual sound pressure levels in your location might differ
from the average values stated because of room
reflections and other nearby noise sources. The declared
sound power levels indicate an upper limit, below which a
large proportion of machines will operate.
142 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications Type 6866
Feature
Size
Description
Depth: 606 mm (23.9 inches)
Height: 440 mm (17.3 inches)
Width: 216 mm (8.5 inches)
7
Weight
Weight: 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 50°C
(50° to 122°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 3048 m (10,000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 340 BTU (100 watts)
8
- Maximum: 2385 BTU (700 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (47 to 63 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Maximum (as shipped): 1.50 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 41 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 34 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.3 bels operating
- 4.7 bels idle
7
8
9
Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
490-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
IntelliStation - 6866 143
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Additional service information
The following additional service information supports the
IBM IntelliStation type 6866 computer.
Ÿ
“Replacing a processor/Installing a second
microprocessor”
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Replacing a system board” on page 146
“Security features” on page 146
“Passwords” on page 147
“Vital Product Data” on page 148
“Alert on LAN2” on page 148
“Hard disk drive jumper settings” on page 149
“CD-ROM drive jumper settings” on page 150
“BIOS levels” on page 151
“Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 152
“Flash recovery boot block” on page 152
“Power management” on page 153
“Network settings” on page 155
“Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over network)”
on page 155
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Wake on LAN” on page 156
“System board memory” on page 157
Replacing a processor/Installing a
second microprocessor
Important
Ÿ
Before installing a second microprocessor, run
the Multiprocessor Upgrade Option program,
provided on the Software Selections CD. For
information about this utility, see addcpu.txt on
the Software Selections CD.
1. Remove the cover and front bezel. See “Cover
removal” on page 165
2. Loosen the two screws holding the terminator card or
microprocessor. (see“System board layout” on
page 183 ) and remove from the microprocessor
socket.
3. Insert the new microprocessor into the guides. Push
the microprocessor into the socket until it is properly
seated.
144 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4. Tighten the two screws.
5. To gain access to the second CPU voltage regulator
module (VRM) socket on the system board, move
aside all power supply cables as necessary.
6. Install the VRM supplied with the microprocessor.
See “System board layout” on page 183 for the
location of the second CPU VRM socket.
Note
If you add a second microprocessor that runs at a
different speed than the primary microprocessor, both
will run at the speed of the slower microprocessor.
IntelliStation - 6866 145
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacing a system board
Notes
1. The BIOS and Vital Product Data (VPD) for the
computer you are servicing must be installed on
the new system board (FRU) after it is installed in
the computer. To do this, you must run the
Flash Update program using the Flash Update
diskette. See “BIOS levels” on page 151 “Vital
Product Data” on page 148, and “Flash
(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 152.
2. Always ensure the latest level of BIOS is installed
on the computer. A down level BIOS may cause
false errors and unnecessary replacement of the
system board.
3. The processor is a separate FRU from the
system board and is not included with the system
board FRU. If you are instructed to replace the
system board, do the following&:
a. Remove the processor from the old system
board and install it on the new system
board.
b. Refer to “System board layout” on page 183
to find the system board rocker switch.
c. Set switch 1 to the on position.
d. Power-on the computer. The system
senses the change in the switch setting and
resets to the default processor speed (266
MHz).
e. Power-off the computer and set switch 1
back to the off position.
f. Power-on the computer
1) Select Advanced Setup from the
Setup Utility Menu.
2) Select Processor Speed Control from
the Advanced Setup menu.
3) Set the processor speed to match the
speed of the installed processor.
4. If the new system board does not correct the
problem, reinstall the old system board, then
replace the processor.
Security features
Security features in this section include:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Passwords
Vital Product Data
Management Information Format (MIF)
Alert on LAN
146 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Passwords
The following provides information about computer
hardware and software-related passwords:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on Password
Administrator Password
Operating System Password
Power-on and Administrator passwords are set in the
Setup Utility program. See “Setup Utility program” on
page 140 for information about running the Setup Utility.
Power-on password: When a power-on password
is active, the password prompt appears on the screen
each time the computer is powered on. The computer
starts after the proper password is entered.
Removing a power-on password
To service a computer with an active and unknown
power-on password, power-off the computer and do the
following:
1. Unplug the power cord and remove the top cover.
2. Refer to “System board layout” on page 183 to find
the system board rocker switch.
3. Set switch 3 to the on position.
4. Power-on the computer. The system senses the
change in the switch setting and erases the
password.
5. Set switch 3 back to the off position.
6. Remind the user to enter a new password when
service is complete.
Administrator password: The administrator
password is used to restrict access to the
Configuration/Setup Utility program. If the administrator
password is activated, and you do not enter the
administrator password, the configuration can be viewed
but not changed.
Note
Type 6866 has Enhanced Security Mode. If
Enhanced Security mode is enabled and there is no
password given, the computer will act as if Enhanced
Security is disabled.
If Enhanced Security is Enabled and an administrator
password is given, the administrator password must
be entered to use the computer. If the administrator
password is lost or forgotten, the system board in the
computer must be replaced in order to regain access
to the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
IntelliStation - 6866 147
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Administrator password control The
Administrator password is set in the Setup Configuration.
Refer to “Setup Utility program” on page 140
Operating system password: An operating
system password is very similar to a power-on password
and denies access to the computer by an unauthorized
user when the password is activated. The computer is
unusable until the password is entered and recognized by
the computer.
Vital Product Data
Each computer has a unique Vital Product Data (VPD)
code stored in the nonvolatile memory on the system
board. After you replace the system board, the VPD must
be updated. To update the VPD, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD)
update procedure” on page 152.
Alert on LAN2
Alert on LAN2 provides notification of changes in the
computer, even when the computer power is turned off.
Working with DMI and Wake on LAN technologies, Alert on
LAN2 helps to manage and monitor the hardware and
software features of the computer. Alert on LAN2
generates notifications to the server of these occurrences:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Computer disconnected from the network
Computer unplugged from the power outlet
All POST errors
Operating system or POST hang condition
Alert on LAN2 events are configured to be Enabled or
Disabled from the LAN server only, and not from the
computer. See the LAN administrator for configuration
status information.
148 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hard disk drive jumper settings
IDE hard disk drives for the IntelliStation computers use
jumpers to set the drives as primary (master) or secondary
(slave).
Attention
For drives not shown below, refer to the label on the
hard disk drive for the hard disk drive settings.
IDE hard disk drive settings
.1/
.2/
Primary (Master) Hard Disk Drive
Secondary (Slave) Hard Disk Drive
IDE Drives
IntelliStation - 6866 149
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CD-ROM drive jumper settings
CD-ROM and PC/CD-ROM drives use jumpers or tabs to
set the drives as primary (master) or secondary (slave).
Refer to the drive connector labels or the figures below for
the drive settings.
AUDIO
R G G L
IDE INTERFACE
DC INPUT
39
40
1
2
5V
G
G
12V
See Jumper
Settings Below
CD-ROM, PD/CD-ROM
Type
Primary
(Master)
Secondary
(Slave)
2X CD-ROM
FRU 06H5906
: : J : :
: J : : :
4X CD-ROM
FRU 06H7654
: : J : :
: J : : :
6X CD-ROM
8X CD-ROM
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
6X PD/CD-ROM
16X Max CD-ROM
24X Max CD-ROM
32X Max CD-ROM
40X Max CD-ROM
48X Max CD-ROM
150 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
BIOS levels
An incorrect level of BIOS can cause false error and
unnecessary FRU replacement. Use the following
information to determine the current level of BIOS installed
in the computer, the latest BIOS available for the
computer, and where to obtain the latest level of BIOS.
Ÿ
Current Level BIOS information.
–
Run the Configuration Utility to determine the
level of BIOS installed.
Ÿ
Sources for determining the latest level BIOS
available.
1. IBM PC Company Home Page
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/
2. PC PartnerInfo-Technical Database
(CTSTIPS.NSF)
3. Bulletin Board System (BBS)
4. HelpCenter
5. Levels 1 and 2 Support
6. RETAIN
Ÿ
Sources for obtaining the latest level BIOS available.
1. IBM PC Company Home Page
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/
2. PC PartnerInfo-Technical Database
(CTSTIPS.NSF)
3. Bulletin board system (BBS)
4. HelpCenter
5. Levels 1 and 2 Support
To update (flash) the BIOS, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD) update
procedure” on page 152.
IntelliStation - 6866 151
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure
Attention
Refer to the information label located inside the
system unit cover for any model-specific information.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the flash update diskette into drive A.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. When the Update Utility appears; select your
country/keyboard, then press Enter.
5. If the computer serial number was previously
recorded, the number is displayed with an option to
update it. Press Y to update the serial number.
6. Type the 7-digit serial number of the computer you
are servicing; then, press Enter.
7. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the
flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure.
Flash recovery boot block
Attention
If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade,
the BIOS might be left in an unusable state. The Boot
Block switch enables you to restart the system and
recover the BIOS.
To perform a Flash/BIOS recovery using the boot block
switch:
1. Power-off the computer and remove the coverand
front bezel.
2. Move the system board rocker switch 3 to the on
position. Refer to “System board layout” on
page 183 or the information label inside the computer
for more information.
3. Insert the upgrade diskette into the diskette drive.
4. Power-on the computer. The IBM Logo will appear.
Note: Depending on the amount of memory
installed, it may take up to a minute for the Logo to
appear .
5. When the Flash Update Utility appears; select your
country/keyboard, then press Enter.
6. If the computer serial number was previously
recorded, the number is displayed with an option to
update it. Press Y to update the serial number.
7. Type the 7-digit serial number of the computer you
are servicing; then, press Enter.
8. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the
flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure.
9. When you are instructed to reboot the computer,
power-off the computer and move the rocker switch 3
to the normal (off) position. Then, replace the cover
and power-on the computer.
152 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power management
Power management reduces the power consumption of
certain components of the computer such as the system
power supply, processor, hard disk drives, and some
monitors. Advanced Power Management and Rapid
Resume Manager are features of some personal
computers.
Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface (ACPI) BIOS: Being an ACPI BIOS
system, the operating system is allowed to control the
power management features of the computer and the
setting for Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS
mode are ignored. Not all operating systems support ACPI
BIOS mode.
Advanced Power Management: Energy-saving
settings can be viewed and changed by using the
Advanced Power Management menu in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Attention
If a device, such as a monitor, does not have
power-management capabilities, it can be damaged
when exposed to a reduced-power state. Before
making energy-saving selections for the monitor,
check the documentation supplied with the monitor to
see if it supports Display Power Management
Signaling (DPMS).
Automatic Hardware Power Management
features: Automatic Hardware Power Management
can reduce the power states of the computer, processor,
and monitor (if monitor supports DPMS) if they are inactive
for a predetermined length of time.
There are three levels of specified time that the computer
must be inactive before the power management options
that are selected take effect. Select the amount of time
that is offered within each level.
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Set time from 5 minutes to 4 hours.
Set time from 10 minutes to 5 hours.
Set time from 15 minutes to 6 hours.
At each level, you can define the amount of energy
savings by specifying values for the following options:
Ÿ
System Power:
–
–
Select On for the computer to remain on.
Select Off for the computer to shut down.
Ÿ
Display:
IntelliStation - 6866 153
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Set display to be disabled or to be reduced at these
power states:
–
Standby: Screen is blank, but can be restored
immediately when any activity is detected.
Suspend: Monitor uses less power than in
Standby mode. Screen image is restored after a
few seconds when any activity is detected.
Off: Monitor power is off. Press Monitor power
button to restore power. On some monitors, you
might have to depress the power button twice.
–
–
Setting Automatic Hardware Power
Management features
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program (see
“Setup Utility program” on page 140).
2. Select Power Management from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
3. Select the APM BIOS Mode and be sure it is set to
Enabled. If it is not, press Left Arrow (←) or Right
Arrow (→) to change the setting.
4. Select Automatic Hardware Power Management.
5. Set Automatic Hardware Power Management to
Enabled.
6. Select values for the two levels of power
management (system power and display), as
necessary.
7. Set IDE Drives to Enabled or Disabled.
Note: This does not apply to SCSI drives.
8. Select Low Power Entry Activity Monitor and
enable or disable the listed options.
9. Select Low Power Exit Activity Monitor and enable
or disable the listed options.
10. Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
11. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
12. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
Automatic Power-On features: The Automatic
Power-On features within the Power Management menu
allow you to enable and disable features that turn the
computer on automatically.
Ÿ
Serial Port Ring Detect: With this feature set to
Enabled and an external modem connected to serial
port (COM1), the computer will turn on automatically
when a ring is detected on the modem.
154 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Modem Ring Detect: With this feature set to
Enabled, the computer will turn on automatically
when a ring is detected on the internal modem.
Wake Up on Alarm: You can specify a date and
time at which the computer will be turned on
automatically. This can be either a single event or a
daily event.
Ÿ
PCI Wake Up: PCI Wake Up uses PCI Power
Management Enabled (PME) to wake up the
computer when using token-ring, Ethernet LAN
adapters, modems, or other PCI cards capable of
waking up the computer. When you set PCI Wake
Up to Enabled, the computer will turn on when it
receives a specific signal from another computer on
the local area network (LAN) or from a modem signal.
Wake on LAN features can be used on the 6866
computer. For further information, see “Wake on
LAN” on page 156.
Network settings
This section applies only to computers linked to a network.
The Configuration/Setup Utility program includes settings
that can be enabled and disabled to configure the network
interface in the computer. These settings are:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Flash over LAN (Update POST/BIOS over Network)
Wake on LAN
Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS
over network)
Note: For local Flash (BIOS/VPD) update, see “Flash
(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 152.
This setting is used to enable or disable the Flash over
LAN feature. When the feature is enabled, the system
programs, in the computer, can be updated remotely from
a network server. If the administrator password is set in
the computer, it does not have to be entered by the server.
To access the Flash over LAN setting:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 140.
2. Select System Security.
3. Select POST/BIOS Update from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
4. To enable Flash over LAN, select Enabled. To
disable Flash over LAN, select Disabled.
5. Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
6. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
IntelliStation - 6866 155
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
Wake on LAN
This setting is used to enable or disable the
IBM-developed Wake on LAN feature. This feature makes
it possible for the computer to be turned on remotely by a
network server. Remote network management software
must be used in conjunction with this feature.
To access the Wake on LAN setting:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 140.
2. Select Advanced Power Management.
3. Select Automatic Power On from the program menu.
4. Select Wake on LAN from the Automatic Power On
menu.
5. To enable Wake on LAN, select Enabled. To disable
Wake on LAN, select Disabled.
6. Press Esc until you return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
7. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
8. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
156 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board memory
Note
RAMBUS inline memory module (RIMM) is used in the
type 6866 computer. RIMM modules are not
compatible with SIMM or DIMM memory modules.
Refer to the information below regarding RIMM
memory for type 6866.
Locating components on the memory
card
The type 6866 uses a four or eight RIMM memory card for
system memory. The memory card contains RIMM
connectors, a power connector, and a hard disk fan
connector.
Eight RIMM memory card
8-RIMM Memory Card
RIMM Socket 1
RIMM Socket 2
Hard
Disk
Fan
RIMM Socket 3
RIMM Socket 4
RIMM
Pair 3
RIMM
Pair 1
RIMM
Pair 2
Power
RIMM Socket 5
RIMM Socket 6
RIMM Socket 7
RIMM Socket 8
RIMM
Pair 4
Four RIMM memory card
4-RIMM Memory Card
Hard
Disk
Fan
RIMM Socket 1
RIMM
Pair 2
Power
RIMM Socket 2
RIMM Socket 3
RIMM Socket 4
RIMM
Pair 1
IntelliStation - 6866 157
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Type 6866 memory
Rambus inline memory modules (RIMMs).
The IBM-installed RIMMs are ECC (error checking and
correction) RDRAM (Rambus dynamic random access
memory) modules.
When installing or replacing RIMMs, take the following
information into consideration:
Ÿ
RIMM connectors do not support dual inline memory
modules (DIMMs)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Use only PC600 or PC800 RIMMs.
There are four or eight RIMM memory cards. RIMMs
must be installed in pairs. The RIMMs installed in a
RIMM connector pair must be of the same speed, and
size.
Ÿ
Ÿ
For four RIMM cards, any connector that does not
have a RIMM installed must have a continuity RIMM
(C-RIMM).
For eight RIMM cards, pairs 1 and 3 must have
RIMMs or C-RIMMs installed in them. If RIMMs are
installed in pair 2, RIMMs or C-RIMMs must be
installed in pair 4. For the arrangement of the RIMM
connector pairs on the computer memory card, see
the illustration on page 157.
Ÿ
Install only ECC RIMMS to enable ECC. If ECC and
non-ECC memory are used together, the memory will
function as non-ECC memory.
Note
If PC600 and PC800 RIMMs are used together,
all memory will function at the speed of the
slowest RIMM.
Eight RIMM Memory card configuration
Memory placement for 8-RIMM Memory Card
Pair 4
Pair 2
Pair 3
Pair 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2 RIMMs
(1)
(1)
C-RIMM RIMM
RIMM C-RIMM
(1)
(1)
4 RIMMs C-RIMM RIMM C-RIMM RIMM
RIMM C-RIMM RIMM C-RIMM
4 RIMMs*
6 RIMMs C-RIMM RIMM
8 RIMMs
RIMM RIMM
(1)
(1)
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM
(1)
RIMM C-RIMM
RIMM RIMM
(1)
Note: Memory must be installed in matched pairs.
* Non-optimal performance configuration
(1) These connectors may either be left empty or used to store c-rimms.
Four RIMM memory card configuration
158 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Memory placement for 4-RIMM Memory Card
Pair 1
Pair 2
3
4
1
2
2 RIMMs
4 RIMMs
RIMM
RIMM
RIMM C-RIMM C-RIMM
RIMM RIMM RIMM
Note: Memory must be installed in matched pairs.
IntelliStation - 6866 159
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Removing a RIMM or C-RIMM
Attention:
Standby power present, disconnect power cord before
servicing computer.
1. To locate the RIMM connectors, see “System board
layout” on page 183 and “Locating components on
the memory card” on page 157.
2. Press the tab on the front fan and push the adapter
guide latch toward the front of the chassis until it
snaps into place.
3. Disconnect the power and hard disk drive fan cables
on the memory card.
160 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4. Push the tab on the back of the memory card inward
and pull the memory card out of the chassis.
5. At both ends of the RIMM connector, push outward
on the retaining clips until the module is loosened.
Lift the RIMM or C-RIMM out of the connector.
Note
Be careful not to push too hard on the retaining
clips, because the RIMM or C-RIMM might eject
too quickly.
IntelliStation - 6866 161
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installing a RIMM or C-RIMM
1. Position the RIMM or C-RIMM above the connector
so that the two notches on the bottom edge of the
module align properly with the empty connector.
Note
Pay attention to the orientation of the notches on
the connectors and RIMMs. Adjacent connectors
might not have the same orientation on the
memory card.
2. Firmly push the module straight down into the
connector until the retaining clips pop up and fit
snugly around both ends of the module.
Notches
3. Place the memory card back in the slot on the system
board and reattach the power and hard disk drive fan
cables to the connectors on the memory card.
4. Release the adapter guide latch on the front fan.
Procedures to determine memory errors:
1. If a memory error occurs, and the system is
operational, run memory diagnostics.
2. If a memory error occurs, and the system is not
operational:
a. Replace one RIMM module at a time until the
system comes up.
Note
All unused RIMM sockets must have a
C-RIMM installed.
b. Run memory diagnostics.
c. Install the other RIMM and run diagnostics again
to identify the failing RIMM.
162 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Computer exploded view (Type 6866)
I/O connectors and removal procedures for the cover and
front bezel, Diskette drive, CD-ROM drive, hard drive, card
guide/fan assembly, hard disk fan assembly, system board,
long adapters, power supply, and battery removal are on
the following pages.
IntelliStation - 6866 163
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Input/Output connectors
.1/ SCSI connector
.2/ MIDI/joystick connector
.3/ Monitor connector
.4/ Adaptor slots
.5/ AGP Adaptor
.6/ Line out/headphone connector
.7/ Microphone in connector
.8/ Audio line in connector
.9/ Ethernet connector
.1ð/ USB connector
.11/ USB connector
.12/ Serial connector 2
.13/ Serial connector 1
.14/ Parallel connector
.15/ Keyboard connector
.16/ Mouse connector
.17/ Power connector
164 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cover removal
1. If the key-lock button is locked, unlock it.
2. Press the key-lock button on the left side of the front
bezel and slide the side cover toward the rear of the
computer.
3. Lift the side cover from the computer.
Front bezel removal
1. Lift the lever at the top of the chassis and pull the
front bezel from the front of the computer.
IntelliStation - 6866 165
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Card guide/fan assembly removal
1. Remove the cover and front bezel.
2. Press the latch tab on the card guide/fan assembly
and push the adapter guide latch toward the front of
the chassis unt il it snaps into place.
3. Disconnect the memory power cable and the hard
disk drive fan cable on the memory card.
4. Push the tab on the back of the memory card inward
and pull the memory card out of the chassis. see
“Removing a RIMM or C-RIMM” on page 160
5. Remove any long adapters installed in the PCI slots.
6. Press the latch tabs on the card guide/fan assembly
to release it, move the assembly towards the back
and out of the ch assis.
166 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Battery removal and installation
1. Turn off the computer and all attached devices.
2. Unplug the power cord.
3. Remove the cover.
4. Remove the memory card. see “Removing a RIMM or
C-RIMM” on page 160
5. Remove any long adapters installed in the PCI slots.
see “Installing long adapters” on page 168
6. Remove the card guide/fan assembly. see “Card
guide/fan assembly removal” on page 166
7. Locate the battery. Refer to the system board label
inside your computer or see “System board layout” on
page 183.
8. Remove the old battery.
9. Install the new battery.
IntelliStation - 6866 167
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installing long adapters
1. Press the tab on the card guide/fan assembly and
push the adapter guide latch back to allow room for a
full size adapter to slide into the adapter guide on the
assembly.
2. Remove the screw and the appropriate expansion slot
cover.
3. Install the adapter and screw it into place.
4. Release the adapter guide latch.
168 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installing internal drives
.1/ Drive bay 1
.2/ Drive bay 2 (CD-ROM drive)
.3/ Drive bay 3 (diskette drive)
.4/ Drive bay 4
.5/ Drive bay 5
.6/ Drive bay 6
.7/ Drive bay 7
.8/ Drive bay 8
.9/ Drive bay 9 (hard disk drive)
Note
1. Install removable-media drives in bay 1.
2. Only one diskette drive is supported.
3. Bays 4, 5, and 6 support either three 25.4 mm
(1.0 in.) drives or two 40.6 mm (1.6 in.) drives.
4. Bays 7, 8, and 9 support either three 25.4 mm
(1.0 in.) drives or two 40.6 mm (1.6 in.) drives.
See the following illustration for possible drive
arrangement.
IntelliStation - 6866 169
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installing a drive in bay 1
Note
A 3.5-inch drive into bay 1 requires an industry
standard bay adapter bracket.
Note
For removable media drives remove the front bay
panel.
Removing drives in bays 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
and 9
1. Unplug the hard disk drive fan power cable from the
connector on the memory card.
2. Pull the tab release on the hard disk fan toward the
rear of the chassis and slide the hard disk drive fan
out of the chassis.
170 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Remove all cables to the drive.
4. Press in the tabs on the sliding rails and remove the
hard disk drive.
IntelliStation - 6866 171
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power supply removal
To remove the power supply, do the following:
1. Remove the side cover.
2. Disconnect the power supply cables.
3. Remove the power supply screws .1/.
4. Slide the power supply toward the front of the system
.2/ and lift the power supply out of the system .3/.
172 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board removal
1. Remove the side cover.
2. Remove the memory board.
3. Remove the hard disk fan assembly
4. Remove adapter cards.
5. Remove the card guide/fan assembly.
6. Disconnect all cables attached to the system board.
7. Release the system board back-plate release latch
.1/.
8. Slide the system board and back plate toward the
front of the system .2/ and lift the system board and
back-plate .3/ out of the chassis.
IntelliStation - 6866 173
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rack mount configuration
To configure the Type 6866 in a rack mount there are
three major steps.
1. Preparing the computer for installation in a rack
enclosure.
2. Preparing the rack enclosure.
3. Installing the computer into the rack enclosure.
Preparing the computer for installation
Parts needed:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Part number 10L7006, Netfinity Tower-Rack
Conversion Kit
Two 3.5 mm flange nuts which are provided in a
plastic bag taped inside the CD-ROM drive cover
Ÿ
Ÿ
The inner slide from two slide bracket assemblies
6 pan-head short screws
Attention
To avoid damage to internal components, use only the
pan-head short screws included with the rack mount
kit.
To prepare the Type 6866 for installation in a rack
enclosure:
1. Remove the left side cover.
2. Remove the top and right cover (secured by four
slotted screws).
3. Place the computer on its right side to gain access to
the inside.
4. Reach in and remove the four feet at the bottom of
the computer.
5. Move the computer back to the tower position.
6. Install the new right side cover using three slotted
screws.
7. Place the computer on its right side.
8. Install the new left side cover (the left cover has a
thumbscrew attached). Tighten the thumbscrew.
9. Install L-bracket part number 20L1419 on the left and
L-bracket part number 20L1418 on the right, using
two slotted screws per L-bracket.
10. Remove the rubber thread protectors on the two bolt
studs near the power supply (as shown in the
following illustration).
11. Remove the screw between the two bolt studs (as
shown in the following illustration).
12. Install the cable-arm bracket onto the two bolt studs
on the rear of the computer. This cable-arm bracket
174 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
is secured using two 3.5 mm flange nuts which are
provided in a plastic bag taped inside the CD-ROM
drive cover.
Note: This cable-arm bracket will not attach to the
computer unless you have first removed the screw
near the power supply.
13. Attach the inner slide section of each slide rail to the
side of the computer.
a. Pull the inner slide until the safety latch locks.
b. Press the safety latch; then, pull the inner slide
firmly until it detaches from the outer slide rail.
c. Align the holes on the inner slide with the holes
on sides of the computer; then, attach the slide
with three pan-head short screws.
IntelliStation - 6866 175
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Preparing the rack enclosure
Parts needed:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Two slide bracket assemblies
Two slide rails (fitted to system unit)
One cable-management arm
Ten long screws
Ten cage nuts
Installation template
Attention
To ensure cabinet stability, install computers in the
rack enclosure starting from the bottom.
Attention
This procedure requires two people.
To attach the mounting hardware to the rack enclosure:
1. Mark the positions of the slide brackets on the
mounting rails on the rack enclosure:
a. Position the template on the front mounting rail
on the rack enclosure, aligning the holes.
Secure the template in place with tape.
b. Mark the holes for the slide brackets and cage
nuts.
c. Remove the tape from the mounting rails, and
attach the template to the rear mounting rails.
Mark the locations for the slide brackets and
cage nuts.
Notes
1. Align the slide brackets correctly, or the
installation cannot be completed.
2. The slide rails have four screws each to
allow for length adjustment.
2. Install the cage nuts in the marked positions as
shown.
176 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Attach the slide rail to the left side of the rack
enclosure.
a. Extend the outer slide rail until the slide bracket
is flush against the outside of the left front
mounting rail. Align the slide rail with the cage
nuts on the mounting rail.
b. From the front of the rack enclosure, insert two
long screws through the slide bracket and
mounting rail. Press the slide bracket until it is
flush with the outer edge of the mounting rail;
then, tighten the screws.
c. Attach the slide bracket to the left rear side of
the rack enclosure.
1) Align the holes on the slide bracket with the
cage nuts on the rear mounting rail.
2) From the rear of the rack enclosure, insert
two long screws through the slide bracket
and mounting rail; then, tighten the screws.
IntelliStation - 6866 177
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3) If it was necessary to adjust the length of
the slide rails, tighten the nuts on the slide
rail, using pliers, a socket wrench, or an
adjustable wrench.
4. Attach the slide rail to the right side of the rack
enclosure.
a. Extend the outer slide rail until the slide bracket
is flush against the outside of the right front
mounting rail. Align the slide bracket with the
cage nuts on the mounting rail.
b. From the front of the rack enclosure, insert two
long screws through the slide bracket and
mounting rail. Press the slide rail so that it is
flush with the outer edge of the mounting rail and
tighten the screws.
178 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
c. Attach the slide bracket to the right rear of the
rack enclosure.
1) Align the holes on the bracket with the cage
nuts on the rear mounting rail.
2) From the rear of the rack enclosure, insert
a long screw through holes in the slide
bracket and mounting rail; then, tighten the
screws.
5. Attach the cable-management arm to the right rear of
the rack enclosure.
a. Align the holes on the cable-management arm
mounting panel with the cage nuts on the rear
mounting rail.
b. From the rear of the rack enclosure, insert a long
screw through the holes in the
IntelliStation - 6866 179
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
cable-management arm mounting panel and
cage nut; then, tighten the screws.
Note
1. You can choose to wait to attach the
cable-management arm to the rack
until after you have attached the other
end of the cable-management arm to
the computer.
2. To facilitate alignment of the
cable-management arm, be sure to
insert the screws through the first and
fourth holes, as shown.
Installing the computer in the rack
enclosure
Parts needed:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Four long screws
Two cage nuts
One cable-management arm
Cable ties
To install the computer into the rack enclosure:
1. Install a cage nut in each front mounting rail in the
marked positions, as shown.
2. Position the computer horizontally, with the 3.5-inch
drive bays on the top.
3. Align the inner slides of the computer with the slide
rails; then, slide the computer onto the outer slide,
until the slide rails click into place.
180 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note
When the computer is fully extended, safety
latches on the slide rails lock into place. This
prevents the computer from being accidentally
pulled out too far and dropped. To release the
safety latch, press in.
4. Press the safety latches and slide the computer about
halfway into the rack enclosure.
5. Attach the cable-management arm to the cable-arm
bracket, using two long screws.
6. Attach the cable-management arm to the rack.
7. Attach the monitor, keyboard, and power cables.
8. Attach the cables to the cable-management arm using
the cable ties provided.
Note
Be sure to route the cables above the top edge
or below the bottom edge of the
cable-management arm to avoid overstressing
the cables.
IntelliStation - 6866 181
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
9. Secure the computer in the rack enclosure.
a. Slide the computer into the rack enclosure.
b. Secure the computer to both sides of the rack
enclosure by inserting a long screw through the
chassis bracket, mounting rail, and cage nut.
182 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board layout
35 36
37
38
34
33
32
31
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
Second CPU voltage regulator module (VRM)
Power 2
Power 1
Hard disk LED
Wake on LAN connector
Alert on LAN connector
Wake on Modem connector
Diskette drive connector
Secondary IDE connector
.1ð/ SCSI channel B
.11/ Primary IDE connector
.12/ SCSI channel A
.13/ Internal speaker connector
.14/ Front fan connector
.15/ Rocker switch
.16/ Front panel connector
.17/ Tamper detection switch connector
.18/ Radio Frequency antenna connector
.19/ Battery
.2ð/ Slot 6 (64-bit PCI adapter)
.21/ Slot 7 (64-bit PCI adapter)
.22/ MIDI/joystick connector
.23/ Slot 5 (32-bit PCI adapter)
.24/ Slot 4 (32-bit PCI adapter)
.25/ CD audio connector
.26/ Slot 3 (32-bit PCI adapter)
.27/ Slot 2 (32-bit PCI adapter)
.28/ Slot 1 (AGP adapter)
.29/ Line out/head phone connector
.3ð/ Memory card connector
.31/ Microphone and audio line connectors
.32/ Ethernet connector
IntelliStation - 6866 183
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
.33/ USB connectors
.34/ Parallel and serial connectors
.35/ Mouse and Keyboard connectors
.36/ Rear fan connector
.37/ Microprocessor 1
.38/ Microprocessor 2
System board switch settings
The following table contains the rocker switch setting
information.
Note
The default switch settings for the rocker switch is off.
Switch
Description
Reset Frequency
Reserved
1
2
3
Clear CMOS & Force
Bootblock
4
Reserved
Processor Speed Settings
Processor speed for the PC 300 type 6866 computer is set
in the Setup Utility (configuration) program.
184 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom-to-FRU index
The Symptom-to-FRU index lists error symptoms and
possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General checkout” on page 124. See
“IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes” on page 1
when running diagnostics. This index can also be used to
help you decide which FRUs to have available when
servicing a computer. If you are unable to correct the
problem using this index, go to “Undetermined problem” on
page 206.
Notes
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you have both an error message and an
incorrect audio response, diagnose the error
message first.
If you cannot run the diagnostic tests or you get
a diagnostic error code when running a test, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message first.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you did not receive any error message, look for
a description of your error symptoms in the first
part of this index.
Check all power supply voltages before you
replace the system board. (See “Power supply”
on page 129.)
Check the hard disk drive jumper settings before
you replace a hard disk drive. (See “Hard disk
drive jumper settings” on page 149.)
Important
1. Some errors are indicated with a series of beep
codes. (See “Beep symptoms” on page 186.)
Type 6866 computers default to come up quiet
(No beep and no memory count and checkpoint
code display) when no errors are detected by
POST. To enable Beep and memory count and
checkpoint code display when a successful
POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status in setup. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 140.
2. The processor is a separate FRU from the
system board; the processor is not included with
the system board FRU.
IntelliStation - 6866 185
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Beep symptoms
Beep symptoms are short tones or a series of short tones
separated by pauses (intervals without sound). See the
following examples.
Beeps
1-2-X
Description
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One Beep
A pause (or break)
Two beeps
A pause (or break)
Any number of beeps
4
Four continuous beeps
Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
1-1-3
1. Run Setup
CMOS read/write error
2. System Board
1-1-4
1. System Board
1. System Board
ROM BIOS check error
1-2-X
DMA error
1-3-X
1-4-4
1. RIMM Memory
Module
see“System board
memory” on page 157
2. C-RIMM
3. System Board
1. Keyboard
2. System Board
1-4-X
1. Memory Module
Error detected in first 64 KB
of RAM.
2. System Board
2-1-1, 2-1-2
1. Run Setup
2. System Board
2-1-X
1. Memory Module
First 64 KB of RAM failed.
2. System Board
2-2-2
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
2-2-X
1. Memory Module
First 64 KB of RAM failed.
2. System Board
2-3-X
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
2-4-X
1. Run Setup
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
3-1-X
1. System Board
DMA register failed.
3-2-4
1. System Board
Keyboard controller failed.
2. Keyboard
186 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
3-3-4
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
Screen initialization failed.
2. System Board
3. Display
3-4-1
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Display
Screen retrace test detected
an error.
3-4-2
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
POST is searching for video
ROM.
4
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
All other beep code
sequences.
1. System Board
One long and one short
beep during POST.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
Base 640 KB memory error
or shadow RAM error.
One long beep and two or
three short beeps during
POST.
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
(Video error)
Three short beeps during
POST.
1. See “System board
memory” on
page 157.
2. System Board
Continuous beep.
1. System Board
Repeating short beeps.
1. Keyboard stuck key?
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
No beep symptoms
Note
Type 6866 computers default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 140.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep during POST but
computer works correctly.
1. System Board
IntelliStation - 6866 187
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep during POST.
1. See “Undetermined
problem” on
page 206.
2. System Board
3. Memory Module
4. Any Adapter or Device
5. Power Cord
6. Power Supply
188 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST error codes
In the following index, “X” can represent any number.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
000
1. Verify adapter device
and Bus Master fields
are enabled in PCI
configuration
SCSI Adapter not enabled.
program. See
documentation
shipped with
computer.
02X
1. SCSI Adapter
08X
1. SCSI Cable
Check SCSI terminator
installation.
2. SCSI Terminator
3. SCSI Device
4. SCSI Adapter
101
1. System Board
System board interrupt
failure.
102
1. System Board
1. System Board
System board timer error.
106
110
1. Memory Module
System board memory
parity error.
2. System Board
111
1. Reseat adapters
2. Any Adapter
I/O channel parity error.
3. System Board
114
1. Adapter Memory
Adapter ROM error.
2. System Board
129
1. Processor
Internal cache test error.
2. L2 Cache Memory
3. System Board
151
1. System Board
Real-time clock failure.
161
1. Run Setup
Bad CMOS battery.
2. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 332.)
3. System Board
IntelliStation - 6866 189
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
162
1. Run Setup and verify
Configuration
Configuration mismatch.
2. Had a device been
added, removed,
changed location? If
not, suspect that
device.
3. Power-on external
devices first, then
power-on computer.
4. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 332.)
5. System Board
162
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
And unable to run
diagnostics.
163
1. Time and Date Set?
2. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
Clock not updating or invalid
time set.
page 332.)
3. System Board
164
1. Run Setup. Check
System Summary
menu for memory
size change. (See
“Setup Utility
POST detected a base
memory or extended
memory size mismatch.
program” on
page 140.)
2. Run the Extended
Memory Diagnostic
tests.
166
1. Run Flash Recovery
using Boot Block.
See “Flash recovery
boot block” on
Boot Block Check Sum
Error
page 152
2. System Board
167
1. Run Setup. Check
Stepping level for the
BIOS level needed,
then perform the
flash update.
Microprocessor installed
that is not supported
by the current POST/BIOS.
2. Processor
168
1. Run Setup. Check to
see that Ethernet and
Alert on LAN2 are
enabled.
Alert on LAN2 error
2. System Board
17X, 18X
1. C2 Security
190 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
175
FRU/Action
1. Run Configuration
(See “Setup Utility
program” on
page 140.)
2. System Board
176
1. Covers were removed
from the computer.
177
1. System Board
Corrupted Administrator
Password.
178
183
1. System Board
1. Enter the
administrator
password
184
1. Make sure Asset
No RFID Antenna
Care and Asset ID
are enabled in
Configuration/Setup.
2. RFID Antenna
3. System Board
185
1. Set configuration and
reinstall the boot
sequence.
Corrupted boot sequence.
186
187
1. System Board
1. Clear Administration
password
2. System Board
189
1. More than three
password attempts
were made to access
the computer.
190
1. System Board
Chassis intrusion detector
was cleared.
This is information only, no
action required.
If this code does not clear:
1XX
1. System Board
Not listed above.
201, 20X
Memory data error.
1. Run Enhanced Diag.
Memory Test
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
225
1. Unsupported Memory
229
1. L2 Cache Memory
External cache test error.
2. System Board
IntelliStation - 6866 191
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
262
1. Run Setup. Check
System Summary
menu for memory
type change. (See
“Setup Utility
POST detected a base
memory or extended
memory type error.
program” on
page 140.)
2. Run the Extended
Memory Diagnostic
tests.
301
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
303
1. Mouse
With an 8603 error.
2. Keyboard
3. Keyboard Cable
4. System Board
303
1. Keyboard
With no 8603 error.
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
3XX
1. Keyboard
Not listed above.
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
5XX
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
601
602
1. Diskette Drive A
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. System Board
1. Bad Diskette ?
2. Verify Diskette and
retry.
604
1. Run Setup and verify
diskette configuration
settings
And able to run diagnostics.
2. Diskette Drive A/B
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. System Board
605
1. Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. System Board
POST cannot unlock the
diskette drive.
662
1. Diskette drive
configuration error or
wrong diskette drive
type, run Setup
Configuration.
6XX
1. Diskette Drive
Not listed above.
2. System Board
3. External Drive Adapter
4. Diskette Drive Cable
5. Power Supply
192 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
762
1. Run Setup
2. Processor
3. System Board
Math coprocessor
configuration error.
7XX
1. Processor
Not listed above.
2. System Board
962
1. Run Configuration
2. Parallel Adapter
(if installed)
Parallel port configuration
error.
3. System Board
9XX
1. Printer
2. System Board
1047
1. 16-Bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
107X
1. Check SCSI
terminator
Check SCSI terminator
installation.
installation.
2. SCSI Cable
3. SCSI Terminator
4. SCSI Device
5. SCSI Adapter
1101
1. Run Enhanced
Serial connector error,
possible system board
failure.
Diagnostics
1101, 1102, 1106,
1108, 1109
1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
1107
1. Communications
Cable
2. System Board
1102
1. Run Enhanced
Card selected feedback
error.
Diagnostics
1103
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
Port fails register check.
2. System Board
1106
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
2. System Board
Serial option cannot
be turned off.
1107
1. Serial Device Cable
2. System Board
1110
Register test failed.
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
2. System Board
1116
1. Run Enhanced
Interrupt error.
Diagnostics
1117
1. Run Enhanced
Failed baud rate test.
Diagnostics
1162
1. Run Configuration
2. Serial Adapter
(if installed)
Serial port configuration
error.
3. System Board
IntelliStation - 6866 193
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
11XX
1. System Board
Not listed above.
1201
1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
1202, 1206, 1208,
1209, 12XX
1. Dual Async
Adapter/A
2. System Board
3. Any Serial Device
1207
1. Communications
Cable
2. Dual Async Adapter/A
13XX
1. Game Adapter
1402
Information only
Printer not ready.
1403
Information only
No paper error, or
interrupt failure.
1404
1. Run Enhanced
System board timeout
failure.
Diagnostics
1405
1. Run Enhanced
Parallel adapter error.
Diagnostics
1406
1. Run Enhanced
Presence test error.
Diagnostics
14XX
1. Printer
Not listed above.
Check printer before
replacing system board.
2. System Board
15XX
1. SDLC Adapter
1692
1. Run FDISK to ensure
at least one active
Boot sequence error.
partition is set active.
16XX
1. 36/38 Workstation
Adapter
1762
1. Run Configuration
(See “Setup Utility
program” on
Hard disk drive configuration
error.
page 140.)
1780 (Disk Drive 0)
1781 (Disk Drive 1)
1782 (Disk Drive 2)
1783 (Disk Drive 3)
1. See “Power supply”
on page 129.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. System Board
4. Hard Disk Cable
5. Power Supply
194 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
180X, 188X
PCI configuration or
resource error.
1. Run Setup and verify
PCI/ISA configuration
settings.
2. If necessary, set ISA
adapters to “Not
available” to allow PCI
adapters to properly
configure.
3. Remove any suspect
ISA adapters.
4. Rerun diagnostics.
5. PCI Adapter
1962
1. Possible hard disk
drive problem, see
Boot sequence error.
“Hard disk drive boot
error” on page 140.
209X
1. Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Cable
3. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
20XX
1. BSC Adapter
Not listed above
21XX
1. SCSI Device
2. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
3. Alternate BSC Adapter
2401, 2402
1. Display
If screen colors change.
2401, 2402
1. System Board
If screen colors are OK.
2. Display
2409
2410
1. Display
1. System Board
2. Display
2462
1. Check cable
connections.
2. Run Setup and verify
video configuration
settings.
Video memory configuration
error.
3. Video Memory
Modules
4. Video Adapter
(if installed)
5. System Board
3015, 3040
1. Network Attached?
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem
Check for missing wrap
or terminator plug on the
adapter.
4. PC Network Adapter
30XX
1. PC Network Adapter
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem?
IntelliStation - 6866 195
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
3115, 3140
FRU/Action
1. Network Attached?
2. LF Translator
3. Alternate PC
Network-Adapter
4. Cable Problem
31XX
1. Alternate PC Network
Adapter
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem
36XX
1. GPIB Adapter
1. DAC Adapter
38XX
4611, 4630
1. Multiport/2 Interface
Board
2. Multiport/2 Adapter
4612, 4613 4640, 4641
1. Memory Module
Package
2. Multiport/2 Adapter
4650
1. Multiport Interface
Cable
46XX
Not listed above.
1. Multiport/2 Adapter
2. Multiport/2 Interface
Board
3. Memory Module
5600
1. Financial System
Controller Adapter
5962
1. Run Configuration
2. CD-ROM Drive
3. CD-ROM Adapter
4. ZIP or other ATAPI
device
An IDE device (other than
hard drive) configuration
error.
5. System Board
62XX
63XX
1. 1st Store Loop
Adapter
2. Adapter Cable
1. 2nd Store Loop
Adapter
2. Adapter Cable
64XX
71XX
74XX
1. Network Adapter
1. Voice Adapter
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
76XX
78XX
79XX
80XX
84XX
1. Page Printer Adapter
1. High Speed Adapter
1. 3117 Adapter
1. PCMCIA Adapter
1. Speech Adapter
2. Speech Control Assy.
8601, 8602
1. Pointing Device
(Mouse)
2. System Board
196 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
8603, 8604
1. System Board
2. Pointing Device
(Mouse)
86XX
1. Mouse
Not listed above
2. System Board
89XX
91XX
96XX
1. PC Music Adapter
2. MIDI Adapter Unit
1. Optical Drive
2. Adapter
1. SCSI Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
10101, 10102, 10104
10105, 10106, 10107
10108, 10109, 10111
10112, 10113, 10114
10115, 10116
1. Have customer verify
correct operating
system device
drivers are installed
and operational.
2. Modem
10103, 10110, 101171
1. System Board
2. Data/Fax Modem
10117
Not listed above.
1. Check system
speaker
2. Check PSTN cable
3. External DAA
(if installed)
4. Modem
10118
1. Run Diagnostics and
verify the correct
operation of the
modem slot
2. Modem
10119
10120
1. Diagnostics detected
a non-IBM modem
2. Modem
1. Check PSTN Cable
2. External DAA
(if installed)
3. Modem
10132, 10133, 10134
10135, 10136, 10137
10138, 10139, 10140
10141, 10142, 10143
10144, 10145, 10146
10147, 10148, 10149
10150, 10151, 10152
1. Modem
10153
1. Data/Fax Modem
2. System Board
101XX
Not listed above.
1. Modem Adapter/A
2. Data/Fax Modem
3. System Board
IntelliStation - 6866 197
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
10450, 10451, 10490
10491, 10492, 10499
Read/write error.
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. System Board
10452
1. Run Enhanced
Seek test error.
Diagnostics
10453
Information only
Wrong drive type?
10454
1. Run Enhanced
Sector buffer test error.
Diagnostics
10455, 10456
1. Run Enhanced
Controller error.
Diagnostics
10459
Information only
Drive diagnostic command
error.
10461
1. Run Enhanced
Drive format error
Diagnostics
10462
1. Run Enhanced
Controller seek error.
Diagnostics
10464
1. Run Enhanced
Hard Drive read error.
Diagnostics
10467
1. Run Enhanced
Drive non fatal seek error.
Diagnostics
10468
1. Run Enhanced
Drive fatal seek error.
Diagnostics
10469
1. Run Enhanced
Drive soft error count
exceeded.
Diagnostics
10470, 10471, 10472
1. Run Enhanced
Controller wrap error.
Diagnostics
10473
Information only
Corrupt data. Low level
format might be required.
10480
1. Hard Disk Drive
(ESDI)
2. Drive Cable
3. System Board
10481
1. Run Enhanced
ESDI drive D seek error.
Diagnostics
10482
1. Run Enhanced
Drive select
Diagnostics
acknowledgement bad.
106X1
10635
1. Check Configuration
2. Ethernet Adapter
1. Power-off computer,
wait ten seconds;
then power-on the
computer.
2. Ethernet Adapter
198 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
10651, 10660
FRU/Action
1. Check Cables
2. Ethernet Adapter
106XX
1. Ethernet Adapter
Not listed above.
107XX
1. 5.25-inch External
Diskette Drive
2. 5.25-inch Diskette
Drive Adapter/A
109XX
Check the adapter cables.
1. ActionMedia
Adapter/A
2. System Board
112XX
This adapter does
not have cache.
1. SCSI Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
119XX
121XX
1. 3119 Adapter
1. Modem Adapter
2. Any Serial Device
3. System Board
136XX
1. ISDN Primary Rate
Adapter
2. System Board
137XX
141XX
1. System Board
1. Realtime Interface
Coprocessor
Portmaster
Adapter/A
143XX
1. Japanese Display
Adapter
2. System Board
14710, 14711
1. System Board
Video Adapter
2. Adapter Video Memory
148XX
1. Video Adapter
14901, 14902
1491X, 14922
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Display (any type)
14932
161XX
164XX
1. External Display
2. Video Adapter
1. FaxConcentrator
Adapter
1. 120 MB Internal Tape
Drive
2. Diskette Cable
3. System Board
16500
1. 6157 Tape
Attachment Adapter
16520, 16540
1. 6157 Streaming Tape
Drive
2. 6157 Tape Attachment
Adapter
IntelliStation - 6866 199
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
166XX, 167XX
FRU/Action
1. Token Ring Adapter
2. System Board
18001 to 18029
1. Wizard Adapter
2. Wizard Adapter
Memory
18031 to 18039
185XXXX
1. Wizard Adapter Cable
1. DBCS Japanese
Display Adapter/A
2. System Board
20001 to 20003
20004
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
1. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
2. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
20005 to 20010
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
200XX
Not listed above.
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
3. System Board
20101 to 20103
1. Printer/Scanner
Option
2. Image Adapter/A
3. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
20104
1. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
2. Printer/Scanner Option
3. Image Adapter/A
20105 to 20110
1. Printer/Scanner
Option
2. Image Adapter/A
3. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
Image Adapter/A
Memory Test failure
indicated by graphic
of adapter.
1. Replace memory
module (shown in
graphic.)
206XX
1. SCSI-2 Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
208XX
1. Any SCSI Device
Verify there are no duplicate
SCSI ID settings on the
same bus.
200 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
210XXX1
External bus, size unknown.
1. SCSI Hard Disk Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable
4. SCSI ID Switch
(on some models)
Tape Drive amber LED
remains on.
1. Tape Drive
2. SCSI Cable (internal)
3. SCSI Adapter
Tape Drive green “in use”
LED fails to come on.
1. Tape Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable (internal)
SCSI Cable (external)
Tape automatically ejected
from drive.
1. Tape Cassette
2. Drive
SCSI ID on rotary switch
does not match SCSI ID
set in configuration.
Verify drive switches
inside cover are set to
zero.
1. Rotary Switch Circuit
Board
2. Circuit Board Cable
3. Tape Drive
Tape sticks/breaks in
drive.
1. Tape Cassette
Verify that the tapes used
meet ANSI standard X3B5.
212XX
1. SCSI Printer
2. Printer Cable
213XX
214XX
1. SCSI Processor
1. WORM Drive
215XXXC
215XXXD
215XXXE
215XXXU
1. CD-ROM Drive I
CD-ROM Drive II
Enhanced CD-ROM
Drive II
If an external device, and
power-on LED is off, check
external voltages.
Any CD-ROM Drive
2. SCSI Cable
3. SCSI Adapter
216XX
1. Scanner
217XX
1. Rewritable Optical
Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable
If an external device, and
power-on LED is off, check
external voltages.
218XX
1. Changer
Check for multi CD
tray, or juke box.
219XX
1. SCSI
Communications
Device
24201Y0, 24210Y0
Be sure wrap plug is
attached.
1. ISDN/2 Adapter
2. ISDN/2 Wrap Plug
3. ISDN/2
Communications
Cable
IntelliStation - 6866 201
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
273XX
FRU/Action
1. 1 Mbps Micro
Channel Infrared LAN
Adapter
27501, 27503
27506, 27507
1. ServerGuard Adapter
2. System Board
27502, 27504, 27510
27511, 27533, 27534
27536, 27537
1. ServerGuard Adapter
27509
1. Remove redundant
adapters, run Auto
Configuration
program, then retest.
27512
1. WMSELF.DGS
diagnostics file
missing.
2. WMSELF.DGS
diagnostics file
incorrect.
27535
27554
1. 3V Lithium Backup
Battery
2. ServerGuard Adapter
1. Internal Temperature
out of range
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27555, 27556
1. ServerGuard Adapter
2. Power Supply
27557
1. 7.2V NiCad Main
Battery Pack
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27558, 27559
27560, 27561
1. PCMCIA Type II
Modem
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27562
1. External Power
Control not
connected
2. External Power Control
3. ServerGuard Adapter
27563, 27564
1. External Power
Control
2. ServerGuard Adapter
275XX
1. Update Diagnostic
Software
27801 to 27879
1. Personal Dictation
System Adapter
2. System Board
27880 to 27889
1. External FRU
(Speaker, Microphone)
I999030X
Hard disk reset failure.
Possible hard disk drive
problem, see “Hard disk
drive boot error” on
page 140.
202 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Miscellaneous error messages
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
CMOS Backup Battery
inaccurate.
1. CMOS Backup
Battery
See page “Safety
information” on
page 332.
2. System Board
Changing colors.
1. Display
Computer will not power-off.
See “Power supply” on
page 129.
1. Press and hold
power switch for 10
seconds
2. Power Switch
3. System Board
Computer will not RPL from
server
1. Ensure Network is in
startup sequence as
first device or first
device after diskette.
2. Ensure Network
adapter is enabled for
RPL.
3. Network adapter
(Advise network
administrator of new
MAC address)
Computer will not Wake On
LAN
1. Check power supply
and signal cable
connections to
network adapter.
2. Ensure Wake On LAN
feature is enabled in
Setup/Configuration.
See “Setup Utility
program” on page 140.
3. Ensure network
administrator is using
correct MAC address.
4. Ensure no interrupt or
I/O address conflicts.
5. Network adapter
(Advise network
administrator of new
MAC address)
Dead computer.
See “Power supply” on
page 129.
1. Power Switch
2. Power Supply
3. System Board
Diskette drive in-use light
remains on or does not light
when drive is active.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
Flashing cursor with an
otherwise blank display.
1. System Board
2. Primary Hard Disk
Drive
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable
IntelliStation - 6866 203
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Incorrect memory size
during POST.
1. Run the Memory
tests.
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
“Insert a Diskette” icon
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Network Adapter
appears with a known-good
diagnostics diskette in the
first 3.5-inch diskette drive.
Intensity or color varies from
left to right of characters
and color bars.
1. Display
2. System Board
No power, or fan not
running.
1. See “Power supply”
on page 129.
Nonsystem disk or disk
error-type message
with a known-good
diagnostic diskette.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
Other display symptoms not
listed above (including blank
or illegible display).
1. See “Display” on
page 131.
2. System Board
3. Display
Power-on indicator or hard
disk drive in-use light
not on, but computer
works correctly.
1. Power Supply
2. System Board
3. LED Cables
Printer problems.
1. See “Printer” on
page 128.
Program loads from the
hard disk with a
known-good diagnostics
diskette in the first 3.5-inch
diskette drive.
1. Run Setup
2. Diskette Drive
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. System Board
5. Power Supply
RPL computer cannot
access programs from its
own hard disk.
1. If network admin. is
using LCCM Hybrid
RPL, check startup
sequence: First
device: network;
Second device: hard
disk
2. Hard disk drive
RPL computer does not
RPL from server.
1. Check startup
sequence
2. Check the network
adapter LED status
Serial or parallel port device
failure (system board port).
1. External Device
Self-Test OK?
2. External Device
3. Cable
4. System Board
204 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Serial or parallel port device
failure (adapter port).
1. External Device
Self-Test OK?
2. External Device
3. Cable
4. Alternate Adapter
5. System Board
Some or all keys on the
keyboard do not work.
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
IntelliStation - 6866 205
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Undetermined problem
Check the power supply voltages. See “Power supply” on
page 129. If the voltages are correct, return here and
continue with the following steps.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect the following, if installed, one
at a time:
a. Non-IBM devices
b. External devices (modem, printer, or mouse)
c. Any adapters
d. Hard disk drive
e. Diskette drive
f. Memory modules
Before removing or replacing memory modules,
see “System board memory” on page 157.
3. Power-on the computer to re-test the system.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until you find the failing
device or adapter.
If all devices and adapters have been removed, and the
problem continues, replace the system board. See
“Replacing a system board” on page 146.
206 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model tables -
Country/Region/Language
Use this table to identify the country/region/language of the
specific Models that are listed in the Type/Model
configuration tables section.
In most cases, country or language designation will be
identified by the last digit of the model number. Some
models might be listed twice, as X and (J), for
Country/Language identification. (J) is for Japan only.
Table 4. Country/Region/Language Model Definition.
EMEA
Model
EMEA preload
xxG
North America
US English
Model
xxU
Canadian French
xxF
Latin America (LA)
Portuguese (Brazil)
LA Spanish
Model
xxP
xxS
LA English
xxL
Asia Pacific (AP)
AP English w/Keyboard
AP English w/o Keyboard
Japan (Japanese)
Hong Kong (AP English)
China (Chinese)
Model
xxA
xxB
xxJ
xxH
xxC
xxD
xxT
China (AP English)
Thailand (Thai)
Taiwan (Chinese)
xxV
xxW
xxK
xxR
Taiwan (AP English)
Korea (Korean)
Korea (AP English)
IntelliStation - 6866 207
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Type/Model configuration tables (6866)
Notes
Ÿ
Some open bay models are identified as AAP
(Authorized Assembler Program) models. AAP
models are manufactured by IBM without certain
devices such as:
–
–
–
–
–
–
Graphics
Hard Disk Drive
CD-ROM unit
Memory
Video or other option card
Preload
AAP IBM Dealers and Business Partners install
certain devices (IBM options) in these open bay
models.
Other then AAP IBM Dealers and Business
Partners can purchase these open bay models.
The IBM HelpCenter has information, based on
system serial number, for identifying installed IBM
options in open bay AAP models.
Ÿ
16X Max CD-ROM drive runs at a constant
speed. This allows for eight-speed reading at the
disk hub and sixteen-speed reading at the disk
edge.
–
–
–
–
For 24X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 10X and 24X.
For 32X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 14X and 32X.
For 40X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 17X and 40X.
For 48X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 20X and 48X.
Table
Page
IntelliStation Type 6866
209
208 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tower
-
86
Type
IelSation
5).
of
1
(Page
5
Table
IntelliStation - 6866 209
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tower
-
86
Type
IelSation
5).
of
2
(Page
5
Table
210 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tower
-
86
Type
IelSation
5).
of
3
(Page
5
Table
IntelliStation - 6866 211
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tower
-
86
Type
IelSation
5).
of
4
(Page
5
Table
212 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tower
-
86
Type
IelSation
5).
of
5
(Page
5
Table
IntelliStation - 6866 213
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes:
214 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts (Type 6866)
IntelliStation - 6866 215
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts listing
Index
System (Type 6866)
FRU
No.
1
2
3
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
CD-ROM (48X Max)
Front Bezel w/Keylock Assembly
Keylock Assembly
Bezel Latch & Handle Assembly
9.1 GB SCSI 10K RPM
Hard Disk Drive
18.2 GB SCSI 10K RPM
Hard Disk Drive
75H9550
09N0737
00N3505
00N3508
01N2017
36L8767
4
4
36L8769
Hard Disk Filler
00N3511
03K9654
01N2262
00N3509
5
6
7
RFID Antenna & Cable Assembly
"I" Cover Latch Assembly
Card Guide w/Fan Assembly/C2 Switch
Assembly
C2 Switch Assembly
00N3514
00N3494
00N3513
00N3507
00N3512
20L2312
37L2406
00N3439
37L2375
Fan Assembly, 120mm
Hard Disk Fan Assembly, 120mm
"I" Cover Assembly (side cover)
Fan Assembly Rear, 120x38mm
Power Supply-490W
Video card - 3D Pro 4110
Video card - 3D Pro 4210
Video card - IBM FIRE GL1
(AGP) 32 MB
8
9
10
11
12
12
12
12
12
13
Video Card - Matrox G400 Rev E
Video Card - ELSA Gloria ll
Memory Card (4-Slot) - includes
memory card holder
01N2197
01N2256
00N3496
13
Memory Card (8-Slot) - includes
memory card holder
00N3498
Memory Card Holder Kit
Memory - 128 MB PC600 Memory
RIMM, ECC
Memory - 256 MB PC600 Memory
RIMM, ECC
00N3504
33L3096
14
14
33L3098
14
15
Memory Continuity Card
Pentium lll Xeon Processor 667 MHz/
256 KB cache
00N5223
00N3422
15
15
15
15
16
17
Pentium lll Xeon Processor 733 MHz/
256 KB cache
Pentium lll Xeon Processor 800 MHz/
256 KB cache
Pentium lll Xeon Processor 866 MHz/
256 KB cache
Pentium lll Xeon Processor 933 MHz/
256 KB cache
Terminator Card w/Housing
Processor Retainer Kit
System Board w/Backing Plate
(no processor, no memory, no VRM)
System Board Backing Plate
"L" Cover Assembly
01N2259
01N2379
09N9202
09N9257
00N3434
10L5599
00N3499
00N3501
00N3506
06P1974
18
Air duct (for 933 MHz. processor
models)
LED/Power Switch Cable Assembly
Speaker
VRM Processor Power Supply
Cable - SCSI - 6 Drop LVD
20L3021
01K4909
20L2318
00N3502
216 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
System (Type 6866)
FRU
No.
Cable - CD-ROM, IDE
Cable - Diskette Drive
Cable - CD-ROM Audio
Cable - MIDI External
Cable - SCSI External
Cable - IDE ATA 66 Hard Disk
Cable Duct Moulding
Foot (4)
Chassis Assembly
5.25" Blank Bezel
Door Assembly
Label Kit
61H0314
61H0308
75H9219
00N3510
00N3521
00N3503
61H0353
01N2196
00N3515
00N3259
00N3520
00N3519
28L1868
01K1539
00N3500
Mouse - Scrollpoint ll
Hard Disk Rails
EMC Shield Kit
includes:
EMC Shield, Planar (1)
Shield, EMC Hardfile(1)
Shield, 5.25" Blank (1)
7 position I/O shield (1)
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
includes:
00N3517
Screw, M3.5 x 7 (13)
Screwlock, Female 4-40/4-40 (2)
I/O Blank Brackets (Tabs) (6)
Screwlock, Female 4-40/2-56 (2)
Clip, RFID (1)
Isolation Grommets (20)
Guide, Card Memory (1)
Clamp, Cable (1)
Clamp, Cable (1)
Clamp, Cable (1)
Screws, 6-32 shoulder (20)
Screw, S/T M5 - Fan (4)
IntelliStation - 6866 217
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboards - PCNext Lite
Arabic
37L2555
37L2556
37L2557
37L2554
37L2558
37L2585
37L2559
37L2560
37L2561
37L2562
37L0913
37L2552
37L2563
37L2564
37L2565
37L2566
37L2567
37L2568
28L1905
37L2584
37L2553
37L2569
37L2570
37L2571
37L2572
37L2573
37L2574
37L2575
37L2576
37L2577
37L2578
37L2587
37L2579
37L2580
37L2581
37L2551
37L2583
37L2582
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Chinese
Czech
Danish
Dutch
French
French/Canadian-ID 058
French/Canadian-ID 445
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Korean
Japanese
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romania
Russian
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovakian
Spanish
Swed/Finn
Swiss French/German
Thailand
Turkish (ID 179)
Turkish (ID 440)
UK English
US English
UK English (ISO Compliant)
Yugoslavian
218 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Computer Power Cords
Arabic Countries
Argentina
Australia
Belgium
Bulgaria
Canada
Chile
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Israel
Italy
Latin-America
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Paraguay
Poland
Portugal
Serbia
Slovakia
South Africa
Spain
Switzerland
Switzerland (French, German)
U.S.
UK, Ireland
Uruguay
14F0033
36L8880
93F2365
1339520
1339520
93F2364
14F0069
1339520
13F9997
1339520
1339520
1339520
1339520
14F0087
14F0069
6952301
1339520
93F2365
1339520
36L8880
1339520
1339520
1339520
1339520
14F0015
1339520
1339520
14F0051
93F2364
14F0033
36L8880
1339520
Yugoslavia
Display and Monitor Information
Display and monitor information is separately available and
is listed under “Related publications” on page vi.
Special tools
The following tools are required to service these
computers:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
A volt-ohm meter, IBM P/N 73G5404
Wrap Plug, IBM P/N 72X8546
T10 Torx bit from Torx bit set, IBM P/N 93F2830
IntelliStation - 6866 219
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
220 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IntelliStation - 6867
This section contains the general checkout procedures,
additional service information, computer exploded view,
Symptom-to-FRU indexes, undetermined problem, model
tables, and parts listings for the IBM IntelliStation, type
6867 computer.
Note
This manual and the diagnostic tests are intended to
test only IBM products. Non-IBM products of any kind
including adapter cards, accelerator boards, options,
or non-IBM devices, can give false errors and invalid
computer responses. If you remove a non-IBM device
and the symptom goes away, the problem is with the
device you removed.
General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Module test menu and hardware configuration
report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Printer
Power supply
20-pin main power supply connection . . . . . 230
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . 232
Power-on self-test (POST) . . . . . . . . . . 232
POST beep codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Error code format
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics . . . . . . . . 234
Starting the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Navigating through the diagnostic programs . . 234
Running diagnostic tests . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Test selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics . . . . 235
Alert On LAN test
Asset ID test
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Hard File Smart Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test . . . . . . . . 237
Quick and Full erase - hard drive . . . . . . . 238
Iomega Zip Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Asset EEPROM backup
Viewing the test log
. . . . . . . . . . . 238
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
RIMM memory errors . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Setup Utility program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Hard disk drive boot error
When to use the Low-Level Format program
Preparing the hard disk drive for use . . . . . 242
. . . . . . . . . . 241
.
242
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Specifications Type 6867 . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Additional service information
. . . . . . . . . . 245
Copyright IBM Corp. 2000
221
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacing a processor . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Replacing a system board . . . . . . . . . . 246
Security features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Power-on password . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Administrator password . . . . . . . . . . 248
Administrator password control
. . . . . . 248
Operating system password . . . . . . . . 248
Vital Product Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Management Information Format (MIF)
. . . . 248
Alert on LAN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Hard disk drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . 250
IDE hard disk drive settings . . . . . . . . 250
CD-ROM drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . 251
BIOS levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure
. . . . . 253
Flash recovery boot block . . . . . . . . . . 253
Power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
(ACPI) BIOS
Advanced Power Management
Automatic Hardware Power Management
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
. . . . . . 254
features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Setting Automatic Hardware Power
Management features . . . . . . . . . . 255
Automatic Power-On features . . . . . . . 255
Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over
network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Wake on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
System board memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
RIMM diagnostic approach . . . . . . . . . . 258
Computer exploded view (Type 6867)
. . . . . . 260
Input/Output connectors
Top and front cover removal
CD-ROM/hard drive bracket
CD-ROM drive removal
. . . . . . . . . . . 261
. . . . . . . . . 262
. . . . . . . . . 263
. . . . . . . . . . . 263
Hard drive removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
EIDE cable routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
SCSI cable routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Diskette drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
System board removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
System board installation . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Riser card removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Fan bracket removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
System board layout
System board locations
System board jumper settings
Riser card (Type 6867) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
. . . . . . . . . . . 269
. . . . . . . . 270
Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Beep symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
No beep symptoms
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
POST error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
222 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Miscellaneous error messages
. . . . . . . . 291
Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 295
Type/Model configuration tables (6867) . . . . 296
Parts (Type 6867) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Parts listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Special tools
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
IntelliStation - 6867 223
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General checkout
This general checkout procedure is for Type 6867
computers.
Attention
The drives in the computer you are servicing might
have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence
changed. Be extremely careful during write operations
such as copying, saving, or formatting. Data or
programs can be overwritten if you select an incorrect
drive.
Diagnostic error messages appear when a test program
finds a problem with a hardware option. For the test
programs to properly determine if a test Passed, Failed, or
Aborted, the test programs check the error-return code at
test completion. See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” on
page 234.
General error messages appear if a problem or conflict is
found by an application program, the operating system, or
both. For an explanation of these messages, refer to the
information supplied with that software package.
Notes
1. Before replacing any FRUs, ensure the latest
level of BIOS is installed on the system. A
down-level BIOS might cause false errors and
unnecessary replacement of the system board.
For more information on how to determine and
obtain the latest level BIOS, see “BIOS levels” on
page 252.
2. If multiple error codes are displayed, diagnose
the first error code displayed.
3. If the computer hangs with a POST error, go to
“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 272.
4. If the computer hangs and no error is displayed,
go to “Undetermined problem” on page 294.
5. If an installed device is not recognized by the
diagnostics program, that device might be
defective.
The power-on default is quick bring-up. To enable
Enhanced bring-up, select the Start Options in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program (see “Setup Utility
program” on page 241) then, enable Power On Status.
001
– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Make sure the system board is seated properly.
– Set all display controls to the middle position.
(Step 001 continues)
224 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
001 (continued)
– Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics diskette into
drive A.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the computer.
– Check for the following response:
1. Readable instructions or the Main Menu.
Note
Type 6867 computers default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 241.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE?
Yes No
002
If the Power Management feature is enabled, do the
following:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program
(see “Setup Utility program” on page 241)
2. Select Power Management from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
3. Select APM
4. Be sure APM BIOS Mode is set to Disabled.
If it is not, press Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow
(→) to change the setting.
5. Select Automatic Hardware Power
Management.
6. Set Automatic Hardware Power Management
to Disabled.
– or –
Go to the “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” on
page 234.
003
Run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test. If necessary,
refer to “Diagnostics and test information” on page 232.
Ÿ
If you receive an error, replace the part that the
diagnostic program calls out or go to “IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics” on page 234.
If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace the
last device tested.
If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses, go
to “Keyboard” on page 228.
If the printer has incorrect responses, go to “Printer”
on page 228.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
(Step 003 continues)
IntelliStation - 6867 225
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(CONTINUED)
003 (continued)
Ÿ
If the display has problems such as jittering, rolling,
shifting, or being out of focus, go to “Display” on
page 231.
226 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Module test menu and hardware
configuration report
Depending on the diagnostics version level you are using,
the installed devices in the computer are verified in one of
two ways:
1. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the Module Test
Menu is displayed. Normally, all installed devices in
the computer are highlighted on the menu.
2. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the main menu
appears. From this menu, select System Info then
select Hardware Configuration from the next menu.
Normally, all installed devices in the computer are
highlighted on this report.
If an installed device is not recognized by the diagnostics
program:
Ÿ
The diagnostic code for the device is not on the
diagnostic diskette. Run the diagnostics provided
with that device.
Ÿ
The missing device is defective or it requires an
additional diskette or service manual.
An unrecognizable device is installed.
A defective device is causing another device not to be
recognized.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The SCSI controller failed (on the system board or
SCSI adapter).
Use the procedure in “Undetermined problem” on
page 294 to find the problem.
If a device is missing from the list, replace it. If this does
not correct the problem, use the procedure in
“Undetermined problem” on page 294.
IntelliStation - 6867 227
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard
Note
If a mouse or other pointing device is attached,
remove it to see if the error symptom goes away. If
the symptom goes away, the mouse or pointing device
is defective.
001
– Power-off the computer.
– Disconnect the keyboard cable from the system unit.
– Power-on the computer and check the keyboard cable
connector on the system unit for the voltages shown.
All voltages are 5%.
Pin
1
Voltage (Vdc)
+5.0
2
3
4
5
6
Reserved
Ground
+5.0
+5.0
Reserved
6
5
3
4
1
2
ARE THE VOLTAGES CORRECT?
Yes No
002
Replace the system board.
003
On keyboards with a detachable cable, replace the cable.
If the problem remains or if the cable is permanently
attached to the keyboard, replace the keyboard. If the
problem remains, replace the system board.
Printer
1. Make sure the printer is properly connected and
powered on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem is
in the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, install a wrap plug in
the parallel port and run the diagnostic tests to determine
which FRU failed.
If the diagnostic tests (with the wrap plug installed) do not
detect a failure, replace the printer cable. If that does not
correct the problem, replace the system board or adapter
connected to the printer cable.
228 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power supply
If the power-on indicator is not on, the power-supply fan is
not running, or the computer will not power-off, do the
following.
Check/Verify
FRU/Action
1. Verify that the
Correct the
voltage-selector switch
is set for the correct
voltage.
voltage-selector switch
setting.
2. Check the following for
proper installation.
Reseat
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power Cord
On/Off Switch
connector
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
On/Off Switch
Power Supply
connector
System Board
Power Supply
connectors
microprocessor(s)
connection
3. Check the power cord
for proper continuity.
Power Cord
4. Check the power-on
switch for continuity.
Power-on Switch
If the above are correct, check the following voltages.
IntelliStation - 6867 229
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
20-pin main power supply connection
See “System board layout” on page 269 for connector
location.
Attention
These voltages must be checked with the power
supply cables connected to the system board.
1
10
20
11
Pin
1
Signal
3.3 V
3.3 V
COM
5 V
Function
+3.3 V dc
+3.3 V dc
Ground
2
3
4
+5 V dc
5
COM
5 V
Ground
6
+5 V dc
7
COM
POK
5VSB
12 V
3.3 V
-12 V
COM
PS-ON
COM
COM
COM
-5 V
Ground
8
Power Good
Standby Voltage
+12 V dc
+3.3 V dc
-12 V dc
Ground
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DC Remote Enable
Ground
Ground
Ground
-5 V dc
5 V
+5 V dc
5 V
+5 V dc
If the voltages are not correct, and the power cord is good,
replace the power supply.
230 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Display
If the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. If
that does not correct the problem, replace the video
adapter (if installed) or replace the system board.
If the screen is not rolling, do the following to run the
display self-test:
1. Power-off the computer and display.
2. Disconnect the display signal cable.
3. Power-on the display.
4. Turn the brightness and contrast controls clockwise to
their maximum setting.
5. Check for the following conditions:
Ÿ
You should be able to vary the screen intensity
by adjusting the contrast and brightness controls.
The screen should be white or light gray, with a
black margin (test margin) on the screen.
Ÿ
Note
The location of the test margin varies with the
type of display. The test margin might be on the
top, bottom, or one or both sides.
If you do not see any test margin on the screen,
replace the display. If there is a test margin on the
screen, replace the video adapter (if installed) or
replace the system board.
Note
During the first two or three seconds after the
display is powered on, the following might occur
while the display synchronizes with the computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Unusual patterns or characters
Static, crackling, or clicking sounds
A “power-on hum” on larger displays
A noticeable odor might occur on new displays or
displays recently removed from storage.
These sounds, display patterns, and odors are
normal; do not replace any parts.
If you are unable to correct the problem, go to
“Undetermined problem” on page 294.
IntelliStation - 6867 231
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diagnostics and test information
The following tools are available to help identify and
resolve hardware-related problems:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on self-test (POST)
POST Beep Codes
Error Code Format
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
Power-on self-test (POST)
Each time you power-on the system, it performs a series of
tests that check the operation of the system and some
options. This series of tests is called the power-on
self-test, or POST. POST does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks some basic system-board operations
Checks the memory operation
Starts the video operation
Verifies that the diskette drive is working
Verifies that the hard disk drive is working
If the POST finishes without detecting any problems, a
single beep sounds and the first screen of your operating
system or application program appears.
Note
Type 6867 computers default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
1. Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 241.
If the POST detects a problem, an error message appears
on your screen. A single problem can cause several error
messages to appear. When you correct the cause of the
first error message, the other error messages probably will
not appear on the screen the next time you turn on the
system.
POST beep codes
The Power On Self-Test generates a beeping sound to
indicate successful completion of POST or to indicate that
the tests detect an error.
One beep and the appearance of text on the display
indicates successful completion of the POST. More than
one beep indicates that the POST detects an error.
232 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note
Type 6867 computers default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
1. Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 241.
Error code format
This section provides an explanation of the encoded
non-SCSI and SCSI POST error codes.
Error messages are displayed on the screen as three, four,
five, eight, twelve, or thirteen digits. An “X” in an error
message can be any number or letter. The shorter POST
errors are highlighted in the Symptom-to-FRU Index.
Some digits will represent different information for SCSI
errors versus non-SCSI errors.
The following figure shows which digits display the shorter
POST errors. The figure also defines additional SCSI
information.
Notes
Ÿ
Ÿ
Non-IBM device error codes and documentation
supersede this list.
Duplicate SCSI ID settings will cause misleading
error symptoms or messages.
RDDDPLSCB QEET
│└┬┘│││││ │└┤└─ Test state
│ │ │││││ │ └── Error code Extension
│ │ │││││ └──── Qualifier
│ │ │││││
│ │ ││││└───── Bus (ð=internal 1=external)
│ │ │││└────── Capacity of the device
│ │ ││└─────── Slot number of the device
│ │ │└──────── LUN (usually ð)
│ │ └───────── PUN (SCSI ID #)
│ │
│ └─────────── Device Number
└───────────── Reserved Digit (usually ð)
IntelliStation - 6867 233
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics programs use a full
range of diagnostic utilities to determine the operating
condition of the computers hardware components. The
user interface is WaterGate's PC-Doctor which serves as
the control program for running the IBM PC Enhanced
Memory Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests
provided by PC-Doctor.
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics are available on-line
and can be downloaded from:
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select Support
Select IBM IntelliStation Support
Select Downloadable Files
Select Diagnostics
This diagnostic diskette includes:
Ÿ
A new user interface (WaterGate Software's
PC-Doctor)
–
This interface serves as the control program for
running both the IBM PC Enhanced Memory
Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests
provided by PC-Doctor.
Ÿ
IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics
–
The memory diagnostic tests determine which
memory module (RIMM) is defective and report
the socket where the failing module is located.
The Memory diagnostics can run a quick and full
test of the system. Diagnostics can also be run
on a single RIMM.
Note
See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics”for the IBM PC
Enhanced Diagnostics error codes.
Starting the IBM PC Enhanced
Diagnostics Program
To start the program:
1. Shut down and power-off the system.
2. Wait 10 seconds.
3. Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Diskette into
diskette drive A.
4. Power-on the system.
The initial diagnostics menu will be displayed.
Navigating through the diagnostic
programs
Use either the mouse or the keyboard to navigate through
the Enhanced Diagnostics program.
234 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Use the cursor movement keys to navigate within the
menus.
Ÿ
Ÿ
The Enter key is used to select a menu item.
The Esc key is used to back up to the previous
menu.
Ÿ
For online help select F1.
Running diagnostic tests
There are four ways to run the diagnostic tests:
1. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight Run
Normal Test or Run Quick Test from the
Diagnostics Menu and then press Enter.
This will automatically run a pre-defined group of tests
from each test category. Run Normal Test runs a
more extensive set of tests than does Run Quick
Test and takes longer to execute.
2. Press F5 to automatically run all selected tests in all
categories. See “Test selection.”
3. From within a test category, press Ctrl-Enter to
automatically run only the selected tests in that
category. See “Test selection.”
4. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight a single
test within a test category and then press Enter. This
will run only that test.
Press Esc at any time to stop the testing process.
Test results, (N/A, PASSED, FAILED, ABORTED), are
displayed in the field beside the test description and in the
test log. See “Viewing the test log” on page 239.
Test selection
To select one or more tests:
1. Open the corresponding test category.
2. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight the
desired test.
3. Press Space bar.
A selected test is marked with a chevron, >>.
Pressing the space bar again de-selects a test and
removes the chevron.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to select all desired
tests.
IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics
The IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics provide the
capability to identify a particular memory module (RIMM)
which fails during testing. Use the System Board Layout
section to reference the memory sockets, or select F1
twice to load the Online Manual and select Chapter 11
'DIMM/RIMM Locator'.
Follow the steps below to locate the IBM PC Enhanced
Memory Diagnostics test options.
IntelliStation - 6867 235
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1. Select the DIAGNOSTICS option on the toolbar and
press Enter.
2. Highlight either the 'Memory Test-Full' or 'Memory
Test-Quick option and press Enter.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Memory Test-Full
The full memory test will take about 80 seconds per
MB of memory and will detect marginal, intermittent,
and solid (stuck) memory failures.
Memory Test-Quick
The quick memory test will take about 20 seconds per
MB of memory and will detect solid (stuck) memory
failures only.
Notes
Either level of memory testing can be performed on all
memory or a single RIMM socket.
Only sockets containing a RIMM can be selected for
testing. C-RIMM sockets are noted by ........ besides
the test description.
Alert On LAN test
The Alert On LAN test does the following:
Ÿ
Determines if Alert On LAN is supported on the
system.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks the revision ID register.
Verifies the EEPROM checksum.
Validates that a software alert can be sent.
Asset ID test
The Asset ID test does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Determines if Asset ID is supported on the system.
Verifies the EEPROM areas.
Performs an antenna detection test.
Test results
IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostic test results will produce this
error code format:
Function Failure
Code Type
DeviceID Date
ChkDigits Text
Function Code: Represents the feature or function
within the PC.
Failure Type:
DeviceID:
Represents the type of error
encountered.
Contains the component's unit-id which
corresponds to either a fixed disk drive,
removable media drive, serial or
parallel port, processor, specific RIMM,
or a device on the PCI bus.
236 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Date:
Contains the date on which the
diagnostic test was run. Date is
retrieved from CMOS and displayed
using the YYYYMMDD format.
Contains a 2-digit check-digit value to
ensure that:
ChkDigits:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Diagnostics were run on the
specified date
Diagnostics were run on the
specified IBM computer
The diagnostic error code is
recorded correctly
Text:
Note
Description of the error.
See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes” on
page 1 for error code listings.
Hard File Smart Test
Use the Hard File Smart Test when the system
management tool has detected a hard file SMART alert.
The Smart Test does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Interrogates IDE devices for support of the SMART
instruction set.
Issues a ENABLE SMART command to make sure
SMART functionality is active.
Checks the SMART RETURN STATUS command to
determine if any thresholds have been exceeded.
If thresholds have been exceeded, an error message is
shown, and the test fails. If no SMART is supported by
the drive, the test returns with N/A.
IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test
The IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test provide the capability
to identify particular areas of a hard file which fails during
testing. This test also provide a method of correcting
certain types of errors.
To select the Fixed Disk Optimized Test:
1. Select the diagnostic option on the toolbar and press
Enter.
2. Select the Fixed Disk Optimized Test
3. Select Hard Drives - NORMAL TEST to run a
complete hard file test.
4. Select Hard Drives - PRESENCE TEST to run a test
to check the drive controller and report any SMART
information that the drive has detected.
IntelliStation - 6867 237
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Quick and Full erase - hard drive
The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Program offers two
hard drive format utilities:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Quick Erase Hard Drive
Full Erase Hard Drive
The Quick Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that
performs the following:
Ÿ
Destroys the Master Boot Record (MBR) on the hard
drive.
Ÿ
Destroys all copies of the FAT Table on all partitions
(both the master and backup).
Ÿ
Ÿ
Destroys the partition table.
Provides messages that warn the user that this is a
non-recoverable process.
The Full Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that
performs the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Performs all the steps in Quick Erase.
Provides a DOS utility that writes random data to all
sectors of the hard drive.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Provide an estimate of time to completion along with
a visual representation of completion status.
Provides messages that warn the user that this is a
non-recoverable process.
Important
Make sure customer backs up all data before using
the Quick or Full Erase function.
To select the Quick Erase or Full Erase Hard Drive utility:
1. Select the UTILITY option on the toolbar and press
enter.
2. Select either the QUICK ERASE or FULL ERASE
HARD DISK option and then, follow the instructions.
Iomega Zip Drive Test
Use the Iomega Zip Drive Test to test the zip drive and the
drive interface. The test takes about 20 seconds to run.
The default tests the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Controller
Max Seek (50 times)
Random Seek (300 sectors)
Asset EEPROM backup
When replacing a system board, this utility allows the
backup of all Asset information from the EEPROM to
diskette. This utility also restores data to the EEPROM
from diskette after replacement of the system board.
To run this utility:
238 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select Utility
Select Asset EEPROM Backup
follow instructions on screen.
Viewing the test log
Errors reported by the diagnostic test will be displayed by
the program as a failed test.
To view details of a failure or to view a list of test results,
do the following from any test category screen:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Press F3 to activate the log File
Press F3 again to save the file to diskette or F2 to
print the file.
RIMM memory errors: SIMM/DIMM/RIMM error
messages issued by the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics:
Message
Failure Found
Recommended
Actions
2xx-1y
(for SIMMs)
A memory error
was detected in
SIMM socket Y
Replace the
SIMM in the
socket identified
by the last digit of
the error code.
Re-run the test.
If the same error
code occurs
again, replace
the system
board.
2xx-2y
(for
DIMMs/RIMMs)
A memory error
was detected in
DIMM/RIMM
socket Y
Replace the
DIMM/RIMM in
the socket
identified by the
last digit of the
error code.
Re-run the test.
If the same error
code occurs
again, replace
the system board
or where memory
is on the
processor card,
replace the
processor card.
IntelliStation - 6867 239
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Message
Failure Found
Recommended
Actions
Corrupt BIOS
Information in
BIOS is not as
expected.
Reflash the
BIOS.
Perform boot
Not able to find
expected DMI
information from
BIOS.
block recovery.
Replace the
system board.
Memory controller
chipset vendor ID
does not match
expected value.
Test aborted by
user
User stopped
test.
Restart test.
Note:
"Y" is the SIMM/DIMM/RIMM socket number. Use the
System Board Layouts section in the latest Hardware
Maintenance Manual, HMM, to reference the memory
sockets.
240 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setup Utility program
Attention
A customized setup configuration (other than default
settings) might exist on the computer you are
servicing. Running the Setup Utility program might
alter those settings. Note the current configuration
settings and verify that the settings are in place when
service is complete. To start the Setup Utility
program, see “Setup Utility program.”
The Setup Utility (configuration) program is stored in the
permanent memory of the computer. This program
includes settings for the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
System Summary
Product Data
Devices and I/O Ports
Start Options
Date and Time
System Security
Advanced Setup
ISA Legacy Resources
Power Management
To run the Setup Utility program, do the following:
1. Power-off the computer and wait for a few seconds
until all in-use lights go off.
2. Power-on the computer.
3. When the Setup Utility prompt appears on the screen
during start-up, press F1. The Setup Utility menu
appears.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen.
5. When finished, select System Summary to verify that
any configuration changes have been accepted.
Hard disk drive boot error
A hard disk drive boot error (error codes 1962 and
I999030X) can be caused by the following:
Cause
Actions
The start-up drive is not in
the boot sequence in
configuration.
Check the configuration and
ensure the start-up drive is
in the boot sequence.
No operating system
installed on the boot drive.
Install an operating system
on the boot drive.
IntelliStation - 6867 241
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Cause
Actions
The boot sector on the
The drive must be
start-up drive is corrupted.
formatted, do the following:
1. Attempt to access and
recover (back-up) the
failing hard disk drive.
2. Using the operating
systems programs,
format the hard disk
drive.
3. Go to “Preparing the
hard disk drive for use”
on page 242.
The drive is defective.
Replace the hard disk drive.
When to use the Low-Level Format
program
Notes
1. The low-level format is not available on all
diagnostic diskettes.
2. Before formatting the hard disk drive, make a
back-up copy of the files on the drive to be
formatted.
Use the Low-Level Format program:
Ÿ
When you are installing software that requires a
low-level format
Ÿ
When you get recurring messages from the test
programs directing you to run the Low-Level Format
program on the hard disk
Ÿ
As a last resort before replacing a hard disk drive
Preparing the hard disk drive for use
When the Low-Level Format program is finished, restore to
the hard disk all the files that you previously backed up.
1. Partition the remainder of the hard disk for your
operating system. (The commands vary with the
operating system. Refer to your operating-system
manual for instructions.)
2. Format the hard disk using your operating system.
(The commands vary with the operating system.
Refer to your operating-system manual for
instructions.)
3. Install the operating system.
You are now ready to restore the files.
242 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product description
The IBM IntelliStation Type 6867 computer is available in
4x5, (Four drive bays, Five I/O adapter slots which
includes an AGP slot) as a desktop model only.
Ÿ
Security
–
–
–
–
–
–
Administrator password
Cover lock
Power-on password
Operating system password
U-bolt and cable (Optional for some models)
C2 security on some models
Ÿ
CMOS backup battery (lithium)
Specifications Information (ISO/ANSI)
The model specifications information on the following
pages was determined in controlled acoustical
environments according to procedures specified by the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) S12.10 and
ISO 7779, and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296.
Actual sound pressure levels in your location might differ
from the average values stated because of room
reflections and other nearby noise sources. The declared
sound power levels indicate an upper limit, below which a
large proportion of machines will operate.
IntelliStation - 6867 243
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications Type 6867
Feature
Size
Description
Depth: 450 mm (17.7 inches)
Height: 134 mm (5.3 inches)
Width: 447 mm (17.6 inches)
10
Weight
Weight: 11.3 kg (25 lb)
Environment
Air temperature:
- System on: 10° to 35°C
(50° to 95°F)
- System off: 10° to 50°C
(50° to 122°F)
Humidity:
- System on: 8% to 80%
- System off: 8% to 80%
Maximum altitude: 3048 m (10,000 ft)
Heat Output
Approximate heat output in BTUs per
hour:
- Minimum: 245 BTU (70 watts)
11
- Maximum: 700 BTU (204 watts)
Electrical Input
Sine-wave input (47 to 63 Hz) required.
Low range input voltage:
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
High range input voltage:
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
Input kVA (approximately):
- Maximum (as shipped): 0.08 kVA
Airflow
Approximately 0.56 cubic
meters/minute (20 CFM)
Acoustical
Noise Emission
Values
Average sound pressure levels:
At operator position:
- 41 dB operating
- 34 dB idle
At bystander position (1 meter):
- 34 dB operating
- 29 dB idle
Declared (upper limit) sound power
levels:
- 5.0 bels operating
- 4.5 bels idle
10
11
12
Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.
Figures above are a system fully populated with options.
Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the
145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.
For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declaration
available from IBM.
244 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Additional service information
The following additional service information supports the
IBM IntelliStation type 6867 computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Replacing a processor”
“Replacing a system board” on page 246
“Security features” on page 246
“Passwords” on page 246
“Vital Product Data” on page 248
“Management Information Format (MIF)” on page 248
“Alert on LAN2” on page 249
“Hard disk drive jumper settings” on page 250
“CD-ROM drive jumper settings” on page 251
“BIOS levels” on page 252
“Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 253
“Flash recovery boot block” on page 253
“Power management” on page 254
“Network settings” on page 256
“Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over network)”
on page 256
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Wake on LAN” on page 257
“System board memory” on page 258
Replacing a processor
Make sure the processor is fully seated in its socket and
that the goal post latches are engaged.
Important
Ÿ
Ÿ
Make sure the air baffle is installed to prevent
processor overheating.
If the processor is not installed correctly, the
system board and the processor can be
damaged.
IntelliStation - 6867 245
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacing a system board
Notes
1. The BIOS and Vital Product Data (VPD) for the
computer you are servicing must be installed on
the new system board (FRU) after it is installed in
the computer. To do this, you must run the
Flash Update program using the Flash Update
diskette. See “BIOS levels” on page 252 “Vital
Product Data” on page 248, and “Flash
(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 253.
2. Always ensure the latest level of BIOS is installed
on the computer. A down level BIOS may cause
false errors and unnecessary replacement of the
system board.
3. The processor is a separate FRU from the
system board and is not included with the system
board FRU. If you are instructed to replace the
system board, do the following.
4. Remove the processor from the old system board
and install it on the new system board.
5. Remove any of the following installed options on
the old system board, and install them on the
new system board.
Ÿ
Memory modules (RIMM and C-RIMM)
6. Ensure that the new system board jumper
settings match the old system board jumper
settings.
7. If the new system board does not correct the
problem, reinstall the options on the old system
board, reinstall the old system board, then
replace the processor.
Security features
Security features in this section include:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Passwords
Vital Product Data
Management Information Format (MIF)
Alert on LAN
Passwords
The following provides information about computer
hardware and software-related passwords:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on Password
Administrator Password
Operating System Password
Power-on and Administrator passwords are set in the
Setup Utility program. See “Setup Utility program” on
page 241 for information about running the Setup Utility.
246 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power-on password: A power-on password denies
access to the computer by an unauthorized user when the
computer is powered on. When a power-on password is
active, the password prompt appears on the screen each
time the computer is powered on. The computer starts
after the proper password is entered.
Removing a power-on password
To service a computer with an active and unknown
power-on password, power-off the computer and do the
following:
Note
On some models, this procedure will also remove the
administrator password.
1. Unplug the power cord and remove the top cover.
2. Refer to “System board layout” on page 269 to find
the recovery jumper.
3. Move the recovery jumper from 'normal' to 'clear'.
4. Power-on the computer. The system senses the
change in the position and erases the password.
Ÿ
It is necessary to move the jumper back to the
previous position.
5. Remind the user to enter a new password when
service is complete.
IntelliStation - 6867 247
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Administrator password: The administrator
password is used to restrict access to the
Configuration/Setup Utility program. If the administrator
password is activated, and you do not enter the
administrator password, the configuration can be viewed
but not changed.
Note
Type 6867 has Enhanced Security Mode. If
Enhanced Security mode is enabled and there is no
password given, the computer will act as if Enhanced
Security is disabled.
If Enhanced Security is Enabled and an administrator
password is given, the administrator password must
be entered to use the computer. If the administrator
password is lost or forgotten, the system board in the
computer must be replaced in order to regain access
to the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Administrator password control The
Administrator password is set in the Setup Configuration.
Refer to “Setup Utility program” on page 241
Operating system password: An operating
system password is very similar to a power-on password
and denies access to the computer by an unauthorized
user when the password is activated. The computer is
unusable until the password is entered and recognized by
the computer.
Vital Product Data
Each computer has a unique Vital Product Data (VPD)
code stored in the nonvolatile memory on the system
board. After you replace the system board, the VPD must
be updated. To update the VPD, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD)
update procedure” on page 253.
Management Information Format (MIF)
Management Information Format (MIF) is a file used to
maintain a list of the system unit serial number along with
all serialized components; for example: system board,
riser card, memory, and processor.
At the time of computer manufacture, the EPROM will be
loaded with the serial numbers of the system and all major
components. The customer will have access to the MIF
file via the DMI MIF Browser that is installed with the
preload and is also available on the SSCD provided with
the system.
A company called Retain-a-Group is a central data
warehouse offering serial number data management.
Retain-a-Group acts as a focal point to law enforcement.
248 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The customer has the option to purchase serial number
information and services from Retain-a-Group. It is the
customer's responsibility to maintain the MIF file and to
inform Retain-a-Group of any changes to the file.
Some customers may request their servicers to assist
them in maintaining the MIF file when serialized
components are replaced during hardware service. This
assistance is between the customer and the servicer. The
servicer can use the DMI MIF Browser to update the MIF
information in the EPROM. It is anticipated that some
servicers might charge for this service.
To update the EPROM using the DMI MIF Browser:
1. Click Start from the desktop, then Programs.
2. Select IBM SystemView Agent.
3. Select Serial Number Information icon.
4. Click the plus sign to expand.
5. Select the component you want to view or edit.
6. Double click on the component you want to change.
7. Enter new data in the Value field, then click Apply.
Alert on LAN2
Alert on LAN2 provides notification of changes in the
computer, even when the computer power is turned off.
Working with DMI and Wake on LAN technologies, Alert on
LAN2 helps to manage and monitor the hardware and
software features of the computer. Alert on LAN2
generates notifications to the server of these occurrences:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Computer disconnected from the network
Computer unplugged from the power outlet
All POST errors
Operating system or POST hang condition
Alert on LAN2 events are configured to be Enabled or
Disabled from the LAN server only, and not from the
computer. See the LAN administrator for configuration
status information.
IntelliStation - 6867 249
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hard disk drive jumper settings
IDE hard disk drives for the IntelliStation computers use
jumpers to set the drives as primary (master) or secondary
(slave).
Attention
For drives not shown below, refer to the label on the
hard disk drive for the hard disk drive settings.
IDE hard disk drive settings
.1/
.2/
Primary (Master) Hard Disk Drive
Secondary (Slave) Hard Disk Drive
IDE Drives
250 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CD-ROM drive jumper settings
CD-ROM and PC/CD-ROM drives use jumpers or tabs to
set the drives as primary (master) or secondary (slave).
Refer to the drive connector labels or the figures below for
the drive settings.
AUDIO
R G G L
IDE INTERFACE
DC INPUT
5V G G 12V
39
40
1
2
See Jumper
Settings Below
CD-ROM, PD/CD-ROM
Type
Primary
(Master)
Secondary
(Slave)
2X CD-ROM
FRU 06H5906
: : J : :
: J : : :
4X CD-ROM
FRU 06H7654
: : J : :
: J : : :
6X CD-ROM
8X CD-ROM
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: : J
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
: J :
6X PD/CD-ROM
16X Max CD-ROM
24X Max CD-ROM
32X Max CD-ROM
40X Max CD-ROM
48X Max CD-ROM
IntelliStation - 6867 251
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
BIOS levels
An incorrect level of BIOS can cause false error and
unnecessary FRU replacement. Use the following
information to determine the current level of BIOS installed
in the computer, the latest BIOS available for the
computer, and where to obtain the latest level of BIOS.
Ÿ
Current Level BIOS information.
–
Run the Configuration Utility to determine the
level of BIOS installed.
Ÿ
Sources for determining the latest level BIOS
available.
1. IBM PC Company Home Page
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/
2. PC PartnerInfo-Technical Database
(CTSTIPS.NSF)
3. Bulletin Board System (BBS)
4. HelpCenter
5. Levels 1 and 2 Support
6. RETAIN
Ÿ
Sources for obtaining the latest level BIOS available.
1. IBM PC Company Home Page
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/
2. PC PartnerInfo-Technical Database
(CTSTIPS.NSF)
3. Bulletin board system (BBS)
4. HelpCenter
5. Levels 1 and 2 Support
To update (flash) the BIOS, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD) update
procedure” on page 253.
252 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure
Attention
Refer to the information label located inside the
system unit cover for any model-specific information.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the flash update diskette into drive A.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. When the Update Utility appears; select your
country/keyboard, then press Enter.
5. If the computer serial number was previously
recorded, the number is displayed with an option to
update it. Press Y to update the serial number.
6. Type the 7-digit serial number of the computer you
are servicing; then, press Enter.
7. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the
flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure.
Flash recovery boot block
Attention
If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade,
the BIOS might be left in an unusable state. The Boot
Block jumper or switch enables you to restart the
system and recover the BIOS.
To perform a Flash/BIOS recovery using the recovery
jumper:
1. Power-off the computer and remove the cover.
2. Move the system board recovery jumper or switch to
the clear position. Refer to “System board layout” on
page 269 or the information label inside the computer
for more information.
3. Insert the upgrade diskette into the diskette drive.
4. Power-on the computer. The IBM Logo will appear.
5. When the Flash Update Utility appears; select your
country/keyboard, then press Enter.
6. If the computer serial number was previously
recorded, the number is displayed with an option to
update it. Press Y to update the serial number.
7. Type the 7-digit serial number of the computer you
are servicing; then, press Enter.
8. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the
flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure.
9. When you are instructed to reboot the computer,
power-off the computer and move the recovery
jumper to the normal position. Then, replace the
cover and power-on the computer.
IntelliStation - 6867 253
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power management
Power management reduces the power consumption of
certain components of the computer such as the system
power supply, processor, hard disk drives, and some
monitors. Advanced Power Management and Rapid
Resume Manager are features of some personal
computers.
Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface (ACPI) BIOS: Being an ACPI BIOS
system, the operating system is allowed to control the
power management features of the computer and the
setting for Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS
mode are ignored. Not all operating systems support ACPI
BIOS mode.
Advanced Power Management: Energy-saving
settings can be viewed and changed by using the
Advanced Power Management menu in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Attention
If a device, such as a monitor, does not have
power-management capabilities, it can be damaged
when exposed to a reduced-power state. Before
making energy-saving selections for the monitor,
check the documentation supplied with the monitor to
see if it supports Display Power Management
Signaling (DPMS).
Automatic Hardware Power Management
features: Automatic Hardware Power Management
can reduce the power states of the computer, processor,
and monitor (if monitor supports DPMS) if they are inactive
for a predetermined length of time.
There are three levels of specified time that the computer
must be inactive before the power management options
that are selected take effect. Select the amount of time
that is offered within each level.
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Set time from 5 minutes to 4 hours.
Set time from 10 minutes to 5 hours.
Set time from 15 minutes to 6 hours.
At each level, you can define the amount of energy
savings by specifying values for the following options:
Ÿ
System Power:
–
–
Select On for the computer to remain on.
Select Off for the computer to shut down.
Ÿ
Display:
254 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Set display to be disabled or to be reduced at these
power states:
–
Standby: Screen is blank, but can be restored
immediately when any activity is detected.
Suspend: Monitor uses less power than in
Standby mode. Screen image is restored after a
few seconds when any activity is detected.
Off: Monitor power is off. Press Monitor power
button to restore power. On some monitors, you
might have to depress the power button twice.
–
–
Setting Automatic Hardware Power
Management features
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program (see
“Setup Utility program” on page 241).
2. Select Power Management from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
3. Select the APM BIOS Mode and be sure it is set to
Enabled. If it is not, press Left Arrow (←) or Right
Arrow (→) to change the setting.
4. Select Automatic Hardware Power Management.
5. Set Automatic Hardware Power Management to
Enabled.
6. Select values for the two levels of power
management (system power and display), as
necessary.
7. Set IDE Drives to Enabled or Disabled.
Note: This does not apply to SCSI drives.
8. Select Low Power Entry Activity Monitor and
enable or disable the listed options.
9. Select Low Power Exit Activity Monitor and enable
or disable the listed options.
10. Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
11. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
12. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
Automatic Power-On features: The Automatic
Power-On features within the Power Management menu
allow you to enable and disable features that turn the
computer on automatically.
Ÿ
Serial Port Ring Detect: With this feature set to
Enabled and an external modem connected to serial
port (COM1), the computer will turn on automatically
when a ring is detected on the modem.
IntelliStation - 6867 255
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Modem Ring Detect: With this feature set to
Enabled, the computer will turn on automatically
when a ring is detected on the internal modem.
Wake Up on Alarm: You can specify a date and
time at which the computer will be turned on
automatically. This can be either a single event or a
daily event.
Ÿ
PCI Wake Up: PCI Wake Up uses PCI Power
Management Enabled (PME) to wake up the
computer when using token-ring, Ethernet LAN
adapters, modems, or other PCI cards capable of
waking up the computer. When you set PCI Wake
Up to Enabled, the computer will turn on when it
receives a specific signal from another computer on
the local area network (LAN) or from a modem signal.
Wake on LAN features can be used on the 6867
computer. For further information, see “Wake on
LAN” on page 257.
Network settings
This section applies only to computers linked to a network.
The Configuration/Setup Utility program includes settings
that can be enabled and disabled to configure the network
interface in the computer. These settings are:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Flash over LAN (Update POST/BIOS over Network)
Wake on LAN
Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS
over network)
Note: For local Flash (BIOS/VPD) update, see “Flash
(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 253.
This setting is used to enable or disable the Flash over
LAN feature. When the feature is enabled, the system
programs, in the computer, can be updated remotely from
a network server. If the administrator password is set in
the computer, it does not have to be entered by the server.
To access the Flash over LAN setting:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 241.
2. Select System Security.
3. Select POST/BIOS Update from the
Configuration/Setup Utility program menu.
4. To enable Flash over LAN, select Enabled. To
disable Flash over LAN, select Disabled.
5. Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
6. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
256 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
Wake on LAN
This setting is used to enable or disable the
IBM-developed Wake on LAN feature. This feature makes
it possible for the computer to be turned on remotely by a
network server. Remote network management software
must be used in conjunction with this feature.
To access the Wake on LAN setting:
1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 241.
2. Select Advanced Power Management.
3. Select Automatic Power On from the program menu.
4. Select Wake on LAN from the Automatic Power On
menu.
5. To enable Wake on LAN, select Enabled. To disable
Wake on LAN, select Disabled.
6. Press Esc until you return to the Configuration/Setup
Utility program menu.
7. Before you exit from the program, select Save
Settings from the Configuration/Setup Utility program
menu.
8. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.
IntelliStation - 6867 257
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board memory
The following matrix cross-references the name of the
computer (printed on the logo) and the size, speed, and
type of memory modules supported in the computer.
Note
RAMBUS inline memory module (RIMM) is used in the
type 6867 computer. RIMM modules are not
compatible with SIMM or DIMM memory modules.
Refer to the information below regarding RIMM
memory for type 6867.
Computer
Name
RIMM Memory Module
Memory
Size
Type
IntelliStation
Type 6867
128 MB
256 MB
PC700/
PC800
RDRAM
ECC/
Non-ECC
512 MB
PC800 only
Maximum
Note
For maximum 512 MB configuration, two 256 MB
PC800 memory RIMMs must be installed. PC700
memory RIMMs can not be used.
Supported RIMM memory configuration
Type 6867 has two RIMM memory sockets. RIMM sockets
must either have a RIMM memory module or a C-RIMM
(RIMM Continuity module) installed. There can be no
empty RIMM sockets. At least one socket must have a
RIMM memory module installed.
Ÿ
If new memory is to be added, remove a C-RIMM and
install the new RIMM.
Ÿ
If memory is to be removed, remove the RIMM and
install a C-RIMM.
RIMM sizes of 128 MB and 256 MB are acceptable.
RIMM sockets can be filled in any order. ECC or
non-ECC, RAMBUS dynamic random access memory
(RDRAM) are supported.
Note
Mixed RIMM speeds will run at the lower speed.
RIMM diagnostic approach
Identify any Beep or POST codes. See “Symptom-to-FRU
index” on page 272.
Use the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics program to run
memory tests. See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error
codes” on page 1.
258 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Procedures to determine memory errors:
1. If a memory error occurs, and the system is
operational, run memory diagnostics.
2. If a memory error occurs, and the system is not
operational:
a. Remove one RIMM module at a time until the
system comes up.
Note
All unused RIMM sockets must have a
C-RIMM installed.
b. Run memory diagnostics.
c. Install the other RIMM and run diagnostics again
to identify the failing RIMM.
IntelliStation - 6867 259
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Computer exploded view (Type 6867)
I/O connectors and removal procedures for the cover,
CD-ROM/hard drive bracket, CD-ROM drive, hard drive,
EIDE and SCSI cable routing, Diskette drive, system
board, riser card, power supply, and fan/speaker bracket
removal are on the following pages.
260 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Input/Output connectors
Monitor
Serial 2
USB 2
2
Mouse
2
1
1
Serial 1
USB 1
Keyboard
Parallel
IntelliStation - 6867 261
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Top and front cover removal
Pull
Latches
To remove top and front cover:
1. Pull left and right pull latches forward then pull cover
forward.
2. Lift cover up from the chassis.
To install top and front cover:
1. Slide cover down onto the chassis about 4-inches
(10.16 cm) from the rear of chassis.
2. Slide cover back to engage the left and right latches.
262 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CD-ROM/hard drive bracket
To open the CD-ROM/hard drive bracket:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Slide the plastic spring loaded cage retainer to the
left.
3. Lift the cage up and swing it back to the service
position.
CD-ROM drive removal
To remove the CD-ROM drive:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Put the CD-ROM/hard drive bracket in its service
position.
3. Disconnect the CD-ROM signal and power cables.
4. Remove two screws securing the CD-ROM drive.
5. Pull the CD-ROM drive out of the bracket.
IntelliStation - 6867 263
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hard drive removal
To remove the hard drive:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Put the CD-ROM/hard drive bracket in its service
position.
3. Disconnect the hard drive signal and power cables.
4. Push in on the left and right plastic tabs of the hard
drive rails.
5. Pull the hard drive out of the bracket.
Note
Remove the plastic rails from the old hard drive and
install them on the new hard drive.
EIDE cable routing
Primary
Secondary
SCSI cable routing
264 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diskette drive removal
To remove the diskette drive:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Disconnect the diskette drive signal and power
cables.
3. Remove the front screw of the diskette drive cage.
4. Pull the diskette drive out of the chassis.
5. Remove the two side screws from the diskette drive
cage.
6. Remove the diskette drive from its cage.
IntelliStation - 6867 265
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board removal
System Board
System Board
Rail
Lift
Here
Tab
Latch
Pull
Here
Tab
Lift
Here
To remove the system board:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Remove all cables connected to the system board.
3. Remove the AGP card, if installed.
4. Remove the retainer side bracket thumb screw.
5. Swing open the retainer side bracket and remove it
from the chassis.
6. Lift up on the system board right-hand rail tab to
disengage it from the bottom of the chassis.
7. Rotate the latch handle to disengage the system
board.
System board installation
Hole
System Board
Tab
Push
Here
Tab
Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of
the right-hand rail to engage the tab in the opening of the
chassis.
266 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Riser card removal
To remove the riser card:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Remove the system board.
3. Disconnect all cables from the front and back of the
riser card.
4. Remove the two top screws securing the riser card.
5. Remove the riser card from the chassis.
Power supply removal
Note
1. Make sure the power supply voltage switch is set
to the proper operating voltage; 115V or 230V.
To remove the power supply:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Disconnect the power supply connectors.
3. Remove the four screws securing the power supply to
the chassis.
4. Move power supply inward, then lift out of the
chassis.
IntelliStation - 6867 267
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fan bracket removal
Note
1. If you remove the LED/power cable or the RFID
antenna cable, make sure it is routed the same
way it was installed.
2. When removing the C2 switch assembly from the
fan bracket, use care to pry the switch
(alternating at both ends of the switch) from its
mounting studs.
3. Make sure the RFID antenna cable is grounded
to the chassis by its grounding lug.
To remove the fan bracket:
1. Remove the top cover.
2. Remove the air duct.
3. Disconnect the fan and speaker connectors.
4. Push on the outside tab to release the bracket from
the chassis.
5. Swing the bracket inward and then pull it from the
chassis.
268 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board layout
123
System board locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
Processor fan connector (not used)
Processor socket
RIMM socket 1
.4/
RIMM socket 2
.5/
AGP connector
.6/
Battery
.7/
.8/
.9/
Keyboard/Mouse connectors
Serial 1,2 connectors
USB connectors
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
Recovery jumper
PC PCI connector (not used)
Parallel connector
Line Out connector
Line In connector
Microphone connector
IntelliStation - 6867 269
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System board jumper settings
The following table contains the jumper setting information.
(D) indicates the default setting.
Clear CMOS/Flash Boot Block Recovery
Use this jumper setting to Clear CMOS or to Flash Boot
Block Recover.
Jumper
Setting
Description
Clear CMOS
2-3
Clear CMOS/
Flash Recovery
Mode
1-2 (D)
Normal Mode
Processor Speed Settings
Processor speed for the IBM IntelliStation 6867 computers
are fixed and are determined by the processor. There are
no settings required.
Diskette Write Access
Diskette Write Enable and Write Protect options are
changed in the Setup Configuration. See “Setup Utility
program” on page 241.
270 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Riser card (Type 6867)
Riser card, PCI, front view
CD
Audio
PCI
PCI
PCI
PCI
Alert
on
LAN
SCSI
LED
Wake
on
LAN
Power
LEDs
FDD Connector
Riser card, back view
Power Connector
Primary IDE
Secondary IDE
IntelliStation - 6867 271
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom-to-FRU index
The Symptom-to-FRU index lists error symptoms and
possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General checkout” on page 224. See
“IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes” on page 1
when running diagnostics. This index can also be used to
help you decide which FRUs to have available when
servicing a computer. If you are unable to correct the
problem using this index, go to “Undetermined problem” on
page 294.
Notes
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you have both an error message and an
incorrect audio response, diagnose the error
message first.
If you cannot run the diagnostic tests or you get
a diagnostic error code when running a test, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message first.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you did not receive any error message, look for
a description of your error symptoms in the first
part of this index.
Check all power supply voltages before you
replace the system board. (See “Power supply”
on page 229.)
Check the hard disk drive jumper settings before
you replace a hard disk drive. (See “Hard disk
drive jumper settings” on page 250.)
Important
1. Some errors are indicated with a series of beep
codes. (See “Beep symptoms” on page 273.)
Type 6867 computers default to come up quiet
(No beep and no memory count and checkpoint
code display) when no errors are detected by
POST. To enable Beep and memory count and
checkpoint code display when a successful
POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status in setup. See
“Setup Utility program” on page 241.
2. The processor is a separate FRU from the
system board; the processor is not included with
the system board FRU.
272 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Beep symptoms
Beep symptoms are short tones or a series of short tones
separated by pauses (intervals without sound). See the
following examples.
Beeps
1-2-X
Description
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One Beep
A pause (or break)
Two beeps
A pause (or break)
Any number of beeps
4
Four continuous beeps
Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
1-1-3
1. Run Setup
CMOS read/write error
2. System Board
1-1-4
1. System Board
ROM BIOS check error
1-2-X
1. System Board
DMA error
1-3-X
1-4-4
1. RIMM Memory
Module
see“System board
memory” on page 258
2. C-RIMM
3. System Board
1. Keyboard
2. System Board
1-4-X
1. Memory Module
Error detected in first 64 KB
of RAM.
2. System Board
2-1-1, 2-1-2
1. Run Setup
2. System Board
2-1-X
1. Memory Module
First 64 KB of RAM failed.
2. System Board
2-2-2
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
2-2-X
1. Memory Module
First 64 KB of RAM failed.
2. System Board
2-3-X
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
2-4-X
1. Run Setup
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
3-1-X
1. System Board
DMA register failed.
3-2-4
1. System Board
Keyboard controller failed.
2. Keyboard
IntelliStation - 6867 273
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
3-3-4
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
Screen initialization failed.
2. System Board
3. Display
3-4-1
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Display
Screen retrace test detected
an error.
3-4-2
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
POST is searching for video
ROM.
4
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
All other beep code
sequences.
1. System Board
One long and one short
beep during POST.
1. Memory Module
2. System Board
Base 640 KB memory error
or shadow RAM error.
One long beep and two or
three short beeps during
POST.
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
(Video error)
Three short beeps during
POST.
1. See “System board
memory” on
page 258.
2. System Board
Continuous beep.
1. System Board
Repeating short beeps.
1. Keyboard stuck key?
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
No beep symptoms
Note
Type 6867 computers default to come up quiet (No
beep and no memory count and checkpoint code
display) when no errors are detected by POST.
To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint
code display when a successful POST occurs:
Ÿ
Enable Power on Status in setup. See “Setup
Utility program” on page 241.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep during POST but
computer works correctly.
1. System Board
274 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep during POST.
1. See “Undetermined
problem” on
page 294.
2. System Board
3. Memory Module
4. Any Adapter or Device
5. Riser Card
6. Power Cord
7. Power Supply
IntelliStation - 6867 275
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST error codes
In the following index, “X” can represent any number.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
000
1. Verify adapter device
and Bus Master fields
are enabled in PCI
configuration
SCSI Adapter not enabled.
program. See
documentation
shipped with
computer.
02X
1. SCSI Adapter
08X
1. SCSI Cable
Check SCSI terminator
installation.
2. SCSI Terminator
3. SCSI Device
4. SCSI Adapter
101
1. System Board
System board interrupt
failure.
102
1. System Board
1. System Board
System board timer error.
106
110
1. Memory Module
System board memory
parity error.
2. System Board
111
1. Reseat adapters
2. Any Adapter
3. Riser card
I/O channel parity error.
4. System Board
114
1. Adapter Memory
2. System Board
3. Riser card
Adapter ROM error.
129
1. Processor
Internal cache test error.
2. L2 Cache Memory
3. System Board
151
1. System Board
Real-time clock failure.
161
1. Run Setup
Bad CMOS battery.
2. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 332.)
3. System Board
276 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
162
1. Run Setup and verify
Configuration
Configuration mismatch.
2. Had a device been
added, removed,
changed location? If
not, suspect that
device.
3. Power-on external
devices first, then
power-on computer.
4. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
page 332.)
5. System Board
6. Riser card
162
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Riser card
And unable to run
diagnostics.
163
1. Time and Date Set?
2. CMOS Backup Battery
(See page “Safety
information” on
Clock not updating or invalid
time set.
page 332.)
3. System Board
164
1. Run Setup. Check
System Summary
menu for memory
size change. (See
“Setup Utility
POST detected a base
memory or extended
memory size mismatch
error.
or
program” on
RIMM socket 3 is populated
with a RIMM memory
module.
page 241.)
2. Run the Extended
Memory Diagnostic
tests.
3. Replace RIMM
memory module in
socket 3 with a
C-RIMM
166
1. Run Flash Recovery
using Boot Block.
See “Flash recovery
boot block” on
Boot Block Check Sum
Error
page 253
2. System Board
167
1. Run Setup. Check
Stepping level for the
BIOS level needed,
then perform the
flash update.
Microprocessor installed
that is not supported
by the current POST/BIOS.
2. Processor
IntelliStation - 6867 277
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
168
1. Run Setup. Check to
see that Ethernet and
Alert on LAN2 are
enabled.
Alert on LAN2 error
2. System Board
3. Riser card
17X, 18X
175
1. C2 Security
1. Run Configuration
(See “Setup Utility
program” on
page 241.)
2. System Board
176
1. Covers were removed
from the computer.
177
1. System Board
Corrupted Administrator
Password.
178
183
1. System Board
1. Enter the
administrator
password
184
1. Make sure Asset
No RFID Antenna
Care and Asset ID
are enabled in
Configuration/Setup.
2. RFID Antenna
3. System Board
4. Riser card
185
1. Set configuration and
reinstall the boot
sequence.
Corrupted boot sequence.
186
187
1. System Board
1. Clear Administration
password
2. System Board
189
1. More than three
password attempts
were made to access
the computer.
190
1. System Board
Chassis intrusion detector
was cleared.
This is information only, no
action required.
If this code does not clear:
1XX
1. System Board
Not listed above.
201, 20X
Memory data error.
1. Run Enhanced Diag.
Memory Test
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
225
1. Unsupported Memory
278 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
229
1. L2 Cache Memory
External cache test error.
2. System Board
262
1. Run Setup. Check
System Summary
menu for memory
type change. (See
“Setup Utility
POST detected a base
memory or extended
memory type error.
program” on
page 241.)
2. Run the Extended
Memory Diagnostic
tests.
301
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
303
1. Mouse
With an 8603 error.
2. Keyboard
3. Keyboard Cable
4. System Board
303
1. Keyboard
With no 8603 error.
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
3XX
1. Keyboard
Not listed above.
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
5XX
601
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
1. Diskette Drive A
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. System Board
4. Riser card
602
1. Bad Diskette ?
2. Verify Diskette and
retry.
604
1. Run Setup and verify
diskette configuration
settings
And able to run diagnostics.
2. Diskette Drive A/B
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. System Board
5. Riser card
605
1. Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. System Board
4. Riser card
POST cannot unlock the
diskette drive.
662
1. Diskette drive
configuration error or
wrong diskette drive
type, run Setup
Configuration.
IntelliStation - 6867 279
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
6XX
Not listed above.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Riser card
4. External Drive Adapter
5. Diskette Drive Cable
6. Power Supply
762
1. Run Setup
2. Processor
3. System Board
Math coprocessor
configuration error.
7XX
1. Processor
Not listed above.
2. System Board
962
1. Run Configuration
2. Parallel Adapter
(if installed)
Parallel port configuration
error.
3. System Board
9XX
1. Printer
2. System Board
1047
1. 16-Bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
107X
1. Check SCSI
terminator
Check SCSI terminator
installation.
installation.
2. SCSI Cable
3. SCSI Terminator
4. SCSI Device
5. SCSI Adapter
1101
1. Run Enhanced
Serial connector error,
possible system board
failure.
Diagnostics
1101, 1102, 1106,
1108, 1109
1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
1107
1. Communications
Cable
2. System Board
1102
1. Run Enhanced
Card selected feedback
error.
Diagnostics
1103
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
Port fails register check.
2. System Board
1106
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
2. System Board
Serial option cannot
be turned off.
1107
1. Serial Device Cable
2. System Board
1110
Register test failed.
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
2. System Board
1116
1. Run Enhanced
Interrupt error.
Diagnostics
280 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
1117
1. Run Enhanced
Failed baud rate test.
Diagnostics
1162
1. Run Configuration
2. Serial Adapter
(if installed)
Serial port configuration
error.
3. System Board
11XX
1. System Board
Not listed above.
1201
1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
1202, 1206, 1208,
1209, 12XX
1. Dual Async
Adapter/A
2. System Board
3. Any Serial Device
1207
13XX
1. Communications
Cable
2. Dual Async Adapter/A
1. Game Adapter
1402
Information only
Printer not ready.
1403
Information only
No paper error, or
interrupt failure.
1404
1. Run Enhanced
System board timeout
failure.
Diagnostics
1405
1. Run Enhanced
Parallel adapter error.
Diagnostics
1406
1. Run Enhanced
Presence test error.
Diagnostics
14XX
1. Printer
Not listed above.
Check printer before
replacing system board.
2. System Board
15XX
1. SDLC Adapter
1692
1. Run FDISK to ensure
at least one active
Boot sequence error.
partition is set active.
16XX
1. 36/38 Workstation
Adapter
1762
1. Run Configuration
(See “Setup Utility
program” on
Hard disk drive configuration
error.
page 241.)
1780 (Disk Drive 0)
1781 (Disk Drive 1)
1782 (Disk Drive 2)
1783 (Disk Drive 3)
1. See “Power supply”
on page 229.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. System Board
4. Riser card
5. Hard Disk Cable
6. Power Supply
IntelliStation - 6867 281
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
180X, 188X
PCI configuration or
resource error.
1. Run Setup and verify
PCI/ISA configuration
settings.
2. If necessary, set ISA
adapters to “Not
available” to allow PCI
adapters to properly
configure.
3. Remove any suspect
ISA adapters.
4. Rerun diagnostics.
5. PCI Adapter
1962
1. Possible hard disk
drive problem, see
“Hard disk drive boot
error” on page 41.
Boot sequence error.
209X
1. Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Cable
3. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
20XX
1. BSC Adapter
Not listed above
21XX
1. SCSI Device
2. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI
Adapter
3. Alternate BSC Adapter
2401, 2402
1. Display
If screen colors change.
2401, 2402
1. System Board
If screen colors are OK.
2. Display
2409
2410
1. Display
1. System Board
2. Display
2462
1. Check cable
connections.
2. Run Setup and verify
video configuration
settings.
Video memory configuration
error.
3. Video Memory
Modules
4. Video Adapter
(if installed)
5. System Board
3015, 3040
1. Network Attached?
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem
Check for missing wrap
or terminator plug on the
adapter.
4. PC Network Adapter
30XX
1. PC Network Adapter
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem?
282 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
3115, 3140
FRU/Action
1. Network Attached?
2. LF Translator
3. Alternate PC
Network-Adapter
4. Cable Problem
31XX
1. Alternate PC Network
Adapter
2. LF Translator
3. Cable Problem
36XX
1. GPIB Adapter
1. DAC Adapter
38XX
4611, 4630
1. Multiport/2 Interface
Board
2. Multiport/2 Adapter
4612, 4613 4640, 4641
1. Memory Module
Package
2. Multiport/2 Adapter
4650
1. Multiport Interface
Cable
46XX
Not listed above.
1. Multiport/2 Adapter
2. Multiport/2 Interface
Board
3. Memory Module
5600
1. Financial System
Controller Adapter
5962
1. Run Configuration
2. CD-ROM Drive
3. CD-ROM Adapter
4. ZIP or other ATAPI
device
An IDE device (other than
hard drive) configuration
error.
5. System Board
6. Riser card
62XX
63XX
1. 1st Store Loop
Adapter
2. Adapter Cable
1. 2nd Store Loop
Adapter
2. Adapter Cable
64XX
71XX
74XX
1. Network Adapter
1. Voice Adapter
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
76XX
78XX
79XX
80XX
84XX
1. Page Printer Adapter
1. High Speed Adapter
1. 3117 Adapter
1. PCMCIA Adapter
1. Speech Adapter
2. Speech Control Assy.
IntelliStation - 6867 283
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
8601, 8602
1. Pointing Device
(Mouse)
2. System Board
8603, 8604
1. System Board
2. Pointing Device
(Mouse)
86XX
1. Mouse
Not listed above
2. System Board
89XX
91XX
96XX
1. PC Music Adapter
2. MIDI Adapter Unit
1. Optical Drive
2. Adapter
1. SCSI Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
4. Riser card
10101, 10102, 10104
10105, 10106, 10107
10108, 10109, 10111
10112, 10113, 10114
10115, 10116
1. Have customer verify
correct operating
system device
drivers are installed
and operational.
2. Modem
10103, 10110, 101171
1. System Board
2. Data/Fax Modem
3. Riser card
10117
Not listed above.
1. Check system
speaker
2. Check PSTN cable
3. External DAA
(if installed)
4. Modem
10118
1. Run Diagnostics and
verify the correct
operation of the
modem slot
2. Modem
10119
10120
1. Diagnostics detected
a non-IBM modem
2. Modem
1. Check PSTN Cable
2. External DAA
(if installed)
3. Modem
10132, 10133, 10134
10135, 10136, 10137
10138, 10139, 10140
10141, 10142, 10143
10144, 10145, 10146
10147, 10148, 10149
10150, 10151, 10152
1. Modem
10153
1. Data/Fax Modem
2. System Board
3. Riser card
284 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
101XX
Not listed above.
1. Modem Adapter/A
2. Data/Fax Modem
3. System Board
4. Riser card
10450, 10451, 10490
10491, 10492, 10499
Read/write error.
1. Run Enhanced
Diagnostics
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. System Board
4. Riser card
10452
1. Run Enhanced
Seek test error.
Diagnostics
10453
Information only
Wrong drive type?
10454
1. Run Enhanced
Sector buffer test error.
Diagnostics
10455, 10456
1. Run Enhanced
Controller error.
Diagnostics
10459
Information only
Drive diagnostic command
error.
10461
1. Run Enhanced
Drive format error
Diagnostics
10462
1. Run Enhanced
Controller seek error.
Diagnostics
10464
1. Run Enhanced
Hard Drive read error.
Diagnostics
10467
1. Run Enhanced
Drive non fatal seek error.
Diagnostics
10468
1. Run Enhanced
Drive fatal seek error.
Diagnostics
10469
1. Run Enhanced
Drive soft error count
exceeded.
Diagnostics
10470, 10471, 10472
1. Run Enhanced
Controller wrap error.
Diagnostics
10473
Information only
Corrupt data. Low level
format might be required.
10480
1. Hard Disk Drive
(ESDI)
2. Drive Cable
3. System Board
10481
1. Run Enhanced
ESDI drive D seek error.
Diagnostics
10482
1. Run Enhanced
Drive select
Diagnostics
acknowledgement bad.
106X1
1. Check Configuration
2. Ethernet Adapter
IntelliStation - 6867 285
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
10635
FRU/Action
1. Power-off computer,
wait ten seconds;
then power-on the
computer.
2. Ethernet Adapter
10651, 10660
1. Check Cables
2. Ethernet Adapter
106XX
1. Ethernet Adapter
Not listed above.
107XX
1. 5.25-inch External
Diskette Drive
2. 5.25-inch Diskette
Drive Adapter/A
109XX
Check the adapter cables.
1. ActionMedia
Adapter/A
2. System Board
3. Riser card
112XX
This adapter does
not have cache.
1. SCSI Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
4. Riser card
119XX
121XX
1. 3119 Adapter
1. Modem Adapter
2. Any Serial Device
3. System Board
4. Riser card
136XX
1. ISDN Primary Rate
Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
137XX
141XX
1. System Board
1. Realtime Interface
Coprocessor
Portmaster
Adapter/A
143XX
1. Japanese Display
Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
14710, 14711
1. System Board
Video Adapter
2. Adapter Video Memory
148XX
1. Video Adapter
14901, 14902
1491X, 14922
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. System Board
3. Riser card
4. Display (any type)
14932
1. External Display
2. Video Adapter
286 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
161XX
FRU/Action
1. FaxConcentrator
Adapter
164XX
1. 120 MB Internal Tape
Drive
2. Diskette Cable
3. System Board
4. Riser card
16500
1. 6157 Tape
Attachment Adapter
16520, 16540
1. 6157 Streaming Tape
Drive
2. 6157 Tape Attachment
Adapter
166XX, 167XX
1. Token Ring Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
18001 to 18029
1. Wizard Adapter
2. Wizard Adapter
Memory
18031 to 18039
185XXXX
1. Wizard Adapter Cable
1. DBCS Japanese
Display Adapter/A
2. System Board
3. Riser card
20001 to 20003
20004
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
1. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
2. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
20005 to 20010
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
200XX
Not listed above.
1. Image Adapter/A
Image-I Adapter/A
2. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
3. System Board
4. Riser card
20101 to 20103
1. Printer/Scanner
Option
2. Image Adapter/A
3. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
20104
1. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
2. Printer/Scanner Option
3. Image Adapter/A
IntelliStation - 6867 287
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
FRU/Action
20105 to 20110
1. Printer/Scanner
Option
2. Image Adapter/A
3. Memory Module
DRAM, VRAM
Image Adapter/A
Memory Test failure
indicated by graphic
of adapter.
1. Replace memory
module (shown in
graphic.)
206XX
1. SCSI-2 Adapter
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board
4. Riser card
208XX
1. Any SCSI Device
Verify there are no duplicate
SCSI ID settings on the
same bus.
210XXX1
External bus, size unknown.
1. SCSI Hard Disk Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable
4. SCSI ID Switch
(on some models)
Tape Drive amber LED
remains on.
1. Tape Drive
2. SCSI Cable (internal)
3. SCSI Adapter
Tape Drive green “in use”
LED fails to come on.
1. Tape Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable (internal)
SCSI Cable (external)
Tape automatically ejected
from drive.
1. Tape Cassette
2. Drive
SCSI ID on rotary switch
does not match SCSI ID
set in configuration.
Verify drive switches
inside cover are set to
zero.
1. Rotary Switch Circuit
Board
2. Circuit Board Cable
3. Tape Drive
Tape sticks/breaks in
drive.
1. Tape Cassette
Verify that the tapes used
meet ANSI standard X3B5.
212XX
1. SCSI Printer
2. Printer Cable
213XX
214XX
1. SCSI Processor
1. WORM Drive
215XXXC
215XXXD
215XXXE
215XXXU
1. CD-ROM Drive I
CD-ROM Drive II
Enhanced CD-ROM
Drive II
If an external device, and
power-on LED is off, check
external voltages.
Any CD-ROM Drive
2. SCSI Cable
3. SCSI Adapter
288 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
216XX
FRU/Action
1. Scanner
217XX
1. Rewritable Optical
Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable
If an external device, and
power-on LED is off, check
external voltages.
218XX
1. Changer
Check for multi CD
tray, or juke box.
219XX
1. SCSI
Communications
Device
24201Y0, 24210Y0
Be sure wrap plug is
attached.
1. ISDN/2 Adapter
2. ISDN/2 Wrap Plug
3. ISDN/2
Communications
Cable
273XX
1. 1 Mbps Micro
Channel Infrared LAN
Adapter
27501, 27503
27506, 27507
1. ServerGuard Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
27502, 27504, 27510
27511, 27533, 27534
27536, 27537
1. ServerGuard Adapter
27509
1. Remove redundant
adapters, run Auto
Configuration
program, then retest.
27512
1. WMSELF.DGS
diagnostics file
missing.
2. WMSELF.DGS
diagnostics file
incorrect.
27535
27554
1. 3V Lithium Backup
Battery
2. ServerGuard Adapter
1. Internal Temperature
out of range
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27555, 27556
1. ServerGuard Adapter
2. Power Supply
27557
1. 7.2V NiCad Main
Battery Pack
2. ServerGuard Adapter
27558, 27559
27560, 27561
1. PCMCIA Type II
Modem
2. ServerGuard Adapter
IntelliStation - 6867 289
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POST Error Code
27562
FRU/Action
1. External Power
Control not
connected
2. External Power Control
3. ServerGuard Adapter
27563, 27564
1. External Power
Control
2. ServerGuard Adapter
275XX
1. Update Diagnostic
Software
27801 to 27879
1. Personal Dictation
System Adapter
2. System Board
3. Riser card
27880 to 27889
1. External FRU
(Speaker, Microphone)
I999030X
Hard disk reset failure.
Possible hard disk drive
problem, see “Hard disk
drive boot error” on
page 41.
290 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Miscellaneous error messages
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
CMOS Backup Battery
inaccurate.
1. CMOS Backup
Battery
See page “Safety
information” on
page 332.
2. System Board
Changing colors.
1. Display
Computer will not power-off.
See “Power supply” on
page 229.
1. Power Switch
2. System Board
3. Riser card
Computer will not RPL from
server
1. Ensure Network is in
startup sequence as
first device or first
device after diskette.
2. Ensure Network
adapter is enabled for
RPL.
3. Network adapter
(Advise network
administrator of new
MAC address)
Computer will not Wake On
LAN
1. Check power supply
and signal cable
connections to
network adapter.
2. Ensure Wake On LAN
feature is enabled in
Setup/Configuration.
See “Setup Utility
program” on page 241.
3. Ensure network
administrator is using
correct MAC address.
4. Ensure no interrupt or
I/O address conflicts.
5. Network adapter
(Advise network
administrator of new
MAC address)
Dead computer.
See “Power supply” on
page 229.
1. Power Switch
2. Power Supply
3. System Board
4. Riser card
Diskette drive in-use light
remains on or does not light
when drive is active.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Riser card
Flashing cursor with an
otherwise blank display.
1. System Board
2. Primary Hard Disk
Drive
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable
4. Riser card
IntelliStation - 6867 291
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Incorrect memory size
during POST.
1. Run the Memory
tests.
2. Memory Module
3. System Board
“Insert a Diskette” icon
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Riser card
appears with a known-good
diagnostics diskette in the
first 3.5-inch diskette drive.
5. Network Adapter
Intensity or color varies from
left to right of characters
and color bars.
1. Display
2. System Board
No power, or fan not
running.
1. See “Power supply”
on page 229.
Nonsystem disk or disk
error-type message
with a known-good
diagnostic diskette.
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Riser card
Other display symptoms not
listed above (including blank
or illegible display).
1. See “Display” on
page 231.
2. System Board
3. Display
Power-on indicator or hard
disk drive in-use light
not on, but computer
works correctly.
1. Power Supply
2. System Board
3. LED Cables
Printer problems.
1. See “Printer” on
page 228.
Program loads from the
hard disk with a
known-good diagnostics
diskette in the first 3.5-inch
diskette drive.
1. Run Setup
2. Diskette Drive
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. System Board
5. Riser card
6. Power Supply
RPL computer cannot
access programs from its
own hard disk.
1. If network admin. is
using LCCM Hybrid
RPL, check startup
sequence: First
device: network;
Second device: hard
disk
2. Hard disk drive
RPL computer does not
RPL from server.
1. Check startup
sequence
2. Check the network
adapter LED status
Serial or parallel port device
failure (system board port).
1. External Device
Self-Test OK?
2. External Device
3. Cable
4. System Board
292 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Message/Symptom
FRU/Action
Serial or parallel port device
failure (adapter port).
1. External Device
Self-Test OK?
2. External Device
3. Cable
4. Alternate Adapter
5. System Board
6. Riser Card
Some or all keys on the
keyboard do not work.
1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board
IntelliStation - 6867 293
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Undetermined problem
Check the power supply voltages. See “Power supply” on
page 229. If the voltages are correct, return here and
continue with the following steps.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect the following, if installed, one
at a time:
a. Non-IBM devices
b. External devices (modem, printer, or mouse)
c. Any adapters
d. Riser card
e. Memory modules
Before removing or replacing memory modules,
see “System board memory” on page 258.
f. Extended video memory
g. External Cache
h. External Cache RAM
i. Hard disk drive
j. Diskette drive
3. Power-on the computer to re-test the system.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until you find the failing
device or adapter.
If all devices and adapters have been removed, and the
problem continues, replace the system board. See
“Replacing a system board” on page 246.
294 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model tables -
Country/Region/Language
Use this table to identify the country/region/language of the
specific Models that are listed in the Type/Model
configuration tables section.
In most cases, country or language designation will be
identified by the last digit of the model number. Some
models might be listed twice, as X and (J), for
Country/Language identification. (J) is for Japan only.
Table 6. Country/Region/Language Model Definition.
EMEA
Model
EMEA preload
xxG
North America
US English
Model
xxU
Canadian French
xxF
Latin America (LA)
Portuguese (Brazil)
LA Spanish
Model
xxP
xxS
LA English
xxL
Asia Pacific (AP)
AP English w/Keyboard
AP English w/o Keyboard
Japan (Japanese)
Hong Kong (AP English)
China (Chinese)
Model
xxA
xxB
xxJ
xxH
xxC
xxD
xxT
China (AP English)
Thailand (Thai)
Taiwan (Chinese)
xxV
xxW
xxK
xxR
Taiwan (AP English)
Korea (Korean)
Korea (AP English)
IntelliStation - 6867 295
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Type/Model configuration tables (6867)
Notes
Ÿ
Some open bay models are identified as AAP
(Authorized Assembler Program) models. AAP
models are manufactured by IBM without certain
devices such as:
–
–
–
–
–
–
Graphics
Hard Disk Drive
CD-ROM unit
Memory
Video or other option card
Preload
AAP IBM Dealers and Business Partners install
certain devices (IBM options) in these open bay
models.
Other then AAP IBM Dealers and Business
Partners can purchase these open bay models.
The IBM HelpCenter has information, based on
system serial number, for identifying installed IBM
options in open bay AAP models.
Ÿ
16X Max CD-ROM drive runs at a constant
speed. This allows for eight-speed reading at the
disk hub and sixteen-speed reading at the disk
edge.
–
–
–
–
For 24X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 10X and 24X.
For 32X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 14X and 32X.
For 40X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 17X and 40X.
For 48X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub
and disk edge speeds are 20X and 48X.
Table
Page
IntelliStation Type 6867
297
296 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Desktop
-
867
Type
IelSation
3).
of
1
(Page
7
Table
IntelliStation - 6867 297
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Desktop
-
867
Type
IelSation
3).
of
2
(Page
7
Table
298 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Desktop
-
867
Type
IelSation
3).
of
3
(Page
7
Table
IntelliStation - 6867 299
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes:
300 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts (Type 6867)
IntelliStation - 6867 301
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts listing
Index
System (Type 6867)
FRU
No.
1
2
3
Top and Front Cover Assembly
CD-ROM (48X Max)
9.1 GB SCSI 7200RPM Hard Disk
Drive
33L2747
09N0737
36L8648
3
3
4
5
5
15.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive
Hard drive Cage Latch Kit
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
(Japan)
09N0921
36L8689
33L2606
75H9550
75H9552
6
7
8
3.5" Diskette Bracket
RFID Antenna
System Board (no processor, no
memory)
33L2599
03K9654
01K2119
9
9
9
9
9
Pentium III Processor 600/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 667/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 733/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 800/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 866/133 MHz.
Pentium III Processor 933/133 MHz.
Memory - 128 MB PC700 Memory
RIMM, ECC
37L6034
00N3622
00N7174
09N9097
09N4877
19K8124
33L3108
9
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
21
21
Memory Continuity Card (C-RIMM)
Side Bracket
Latch, system board
C2 Switch Assembly
Fan 92mm with grommets
Air Baffle
Fan Bracket
Speaker/Cable Assembly
I/O Bracket
Riser Card (PCI only)
Chassis Assembly with latch
Power Supply-145W
Power Supply-145W (China)
Power Supply-145W (Japan)
Bezel Kit
Cable - CD-ROM, IDE (1 drop)
Cable - Diskette Drive
Cable - Hard Disk, IDE
Cable - Wake On Ring
DASD EMC Shield Kit
Ethernet Adapter - Lake Clark 2.4
Foot (4)
Hard Drive Rails (Qty 2)
Keylock Assembly
LED/Power Switch Cable Assembly
Lithium Battery
00N5223
03K9662
03K9665
33L2603
33L2594
33L2593
33L2601
37L5554
03K9622
28L4926
33L2602
36L8841
36L8836
36L8843
33L2746
33L2597
33L2596
19K7616
76H7345
33L2600
34L1109
33L2592
01K1539
02K1428
20L3021
33F8354
33L2605
28L1868
33L2745
33L4321
19K7287
01N2333
37L2375
Miscellaneous Hardware Kit
Mouse
Name Plate (6867)
RM Retainer Kit
Video card - Appian Gemini
Appian Gemini video cable assembly
Video card - IBM FIRE GL1 (AGP) 32
MB
Video Card - Matrox G400 (AGP) 16
MB
01N2197
302 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
System (Type 6867)
FRU
No.
Video Card - Elsa Gloria ll (AGP) 16
MB
01N2256
SCSI Adapter
10L7122
33L2598
76H7344
03K9626
SCSI Signal Cable (3-drop)
SCSI LED Cable Assembly
System Board Rails
IntelliStation - 6867 303
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboards - PCNext Lite
Arabic
37L2555
37L2556
37L2557
37L2554
37L2558
37L2585
37L2559
37L2560
37L2561
37L2562
37L0913
37L2552
37L2563
37L2564
37L2565
37L2566
37L2567
37L2568
28L1905
37L2584
37L2553
37L2569
37L2570
37L2571
37L2572
37L2573
37L2574
37L2575
37L2576
37L2577
37L2578
37L2587
37L2579
37L2580
37L2581
37L2551
37L2583
37L2582
Belgian-French
Belgian-UK
Brazil/Portugal
Bulgarian
Chinese
Czech
Danish
Dutch
French
French/Canadian-ID 058
French/Canadian-ID 445
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Italian
Korean
Japanese
Latin/Spanish
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romania
Russian
Serbian/Cyrillic
Slovakian
Spanish
Swed/Finn
Swiss French/German
Thailand
Turkish (ID 179)
Turkish (ID 440)
UK English
US English
UK English (ISO Compliant)
Yugoslavian
304 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Computer Power Cords
Arabic Countries
Argentina
Australia
Belgium
Bulgaria
Canada
Chile
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Israel
Italy
Latin-America
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Paraguay
Poland
Portugal
Serbia
Slovakia
South Africa
Spain
Switzerland
Switzerland (French, German)
U.S.
UK, Ireland
Uruguay
14F0033
36L8880
93F2365
1339520
1339520
93F2364
14F0069
1339520
13F9997
1339520
1339520
1339520
1339520
14F0087
14F0069
6952301
1339520
93F2365
1339520
36L8880
1339520
1339520
1339520
1339520
14F0015
1339520
1339520
14F0051
93F2364
14F0033
36L8880
1339520
Yugoslavia
Display and Monitor Information
Display and monitor information is separately available and
is listed under “Related publications” on page vi.
Special tools
The following tools are required to service these
computers:
Ÿ
Ÿ
A volt-ohm meter, IBM P/N 73G5404
Wrap Plug, IBM P/N 72X8546
IntelliStation - 6867 305
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
306 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Service Information
Safety notices (multi-lingual translations) . . . . . 308
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
General safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Electrical safety
Safety Inspection Guide
Handling electrostatic discharge-sensitive devices 336
Grounding requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Miscellaneous information . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Send us your comments! . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Do you need technical references? . . . . . . . . 340
Problem determination tips . . . . . . . . . . . 341
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
. . . . . . . . . . . 334
File updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Hardware considerations . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Software considerations
. . . . . . . . . . . 343
BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Adding adapters to the system . . . . . . . . 344
System resource conflicts
. . . . . . . . . . 344
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Copyright IBM Corp. 2000
307
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety notices (multi-lingual
translations)
The caution and danger safety notices in this section are
provided in the following languages:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
English
Brazilian/Portuguese
Chinese
French
German
Italian
Korean
Spanish
308 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
DANGER
To avoid a shock hazard, do not connect or
disconnect any cables or perform installation,
maintenance, or reconfiguration of this
product during an electrical storm.
To avoid shock hazard:
Ÿ
The power cord must be connected to a
properly wired and earthed receptacle.
Ÿ
Any equipment to which this product will
be attached must also be connected to
properly wired receptacles.
When possible, use one hand to connect or
disconnect signal cables to prevent a
possible shock from touching two surfaces
with different electrical potentials.
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communications cables is hazardous. To
avoid shock hazard, connect and disconnect
cables as described following when
installing, moving, or opening covers of this
product or attached devices.
To Connect
To Disconnect
1. Turn Everything OFF.
1. Turn Everything OFF.
2. First, attach all cables
to devices.
2. First, remove power
cord(s) from outlet.
3. Attach signal cables to
receptacles.
3. Remove signal cables
from receptacles.
4. Attach power cord(s) to
outlet.
4. Remove all cables
from devices.
5. Turn device ON.
NOTE: In the UK, by law,
the telephone cable must be
connected after the power
cord.
NOTE: In the UK, the power
cord must be disconnected
after the telephone cable.
Related Service Information 309
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Caution:
When replacing the battery, use only IBM Part Number
33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended
by the manufacturer. If your system has a module
containing a lithium battery, replace it only with the
same module type made by the same manufacturer.
The battery contains lithium and can explode if not
properly used, handled, or disposed of.
Do not:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Throw or immerse into water
Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)
Repair or disassemble
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances
or regulations.
Caution:
When a CD-ROM drive is installed, note the following.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of
procedures other than those specified herein might
result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Removing the covers of the CD-ROM drive could result
in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no
serviceable parts inside the CD-ROM drive. Do not
remove the CD-ROM drive covers.
DANGER
Some CD-ROM drives contain an embedded
Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note the
following.
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into
the beam, do not view directly with optical
instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the
beam.
310 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
k32 kg
k55 kg
(70.5 lbs)
(121.2 lbs)
Caution:
Use safe lifting practices when lifting your machine.
Caution:
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communication cables can be hazardous. To avoid
personal injury or equipment damage, disconnect the
attached power cords, telecommunications systems,
networks, and modems before you open the server
covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation
and configuration procedures.
Related Service Information 311
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PERIGO
Para evitar choques elétricos, não conecte ou
desconecte nenhum cabo, nem efetue
instalação, manutenção ou reconfiguração
deste produto durante uma tempestade com
raios.
Para evitar choques elétricos:
Ÿ
O cabo de alimentação deve ser
conectado a um receptáculo
corretamente instalado e aterrado.
Ÿ
Todos os equipamentos aos quais este
produto será conectado devem também
ser conectados a receptáculos
corretamente instalados.
Quando possível, utilize uma das mãos para
conectar ou desconectar cabos de sinal, para
evitar um possível choque ao tocar duas
superfícies com potenciais elétricos
diferentes.
A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos de
alimentação, de telefone e de comunicação é
perigosa. Para evitar choques elétricos,
conecte e desconecte os cabos conforme
descrito a seguir, ao instalar, movimentar ou
abrir tampas deste produto ou de
dispositivos conectados.
Para Conectar
Para Desconectar
1. DESLIGUE tudo.
1. DESLIGUE tudo.
2. Conecte primeiro todos
os cabos nos
2. Remova primeiro o(s)
cabo(s) de alimentação
das tomadas.
dispositivos.
3. Conecte os cabos de
sinal nos receptáculos.
3. Remova os cabos de
sinal dos receptáculos.
4. Conecte o(s) cabo(s)
de alimentação nas
tomadas.
4. Remova todos os
cabos dos dispositivos.
5. LIGUE o dispositivo.
312 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
cuidado:
Ao substituir a bateria, utilize apenas o Número de
Peça IBM 33F8354 ou um tipo de bateria equivalente
recomendado pelo fabricante. Se seu sistema possuir
um módulo com uma bateria de lítio, substitua-o
apenas pelo mesmo tipo de módulo, produzido pelo
mesmo fabricante. A bateria contém lítio e pode
explodir se não for utilizada, manuseada e descartada
de forma adequada.
Não:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Jogue ou coloque na água
Aqueça a mais de 100°C (212°F)
Conserte nem desmonte.
Descarte a bateria conforme requerido pelas
disposições e regulamentações locais.
cuidado:
Quando uma unidade de CD-ROM estiver instalada,
observe o seguinte.
A utilização de controles ou ajustes ou a execução de
procedimentos diferentes daqueles especificados
nesta publicação pode resultar em exposição perigosa
à radiação.
A remoção das tampas da unidade de CD-ROM pode
resultar em exposição a radiação perigosa de laser.
Não existem peças que possam ser consertadas no
interior da unidade de CD-ROM. Não remova as
tampas da unidade de CD-ROM.
PERIGO
Algumas unidades de CD-ROM contém um
diodo de laser da Classe 3A ou da Classe 3B.
Observe o seguinte.
Radiação de laser quando aberto. Não olhe
diretamente para o feixe de laser, não olhe
diretamente com instrumentos óticos, e evite
exposição direta ao raio.
Related Service Information 313
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
k32 kg
k55 kg
(70,5 lbs)
(121,2 lbs)
cuidado:
Utilize práticas seguras para levantamento de peso ao
levantar sua máquina.
cuidado:
A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos de
alimentação, de telefone e de comunicação é perigosa.
Para evitar ferimentos pessoais ou danos aos
equipamentos, desconecte os cabos de alimentação,
sistemas de telecomunicação, redes e modems antes
de abrir as tampas do servidor, a menos que receba
outras instruções nos procedimentos de instalação e
configuração.
314 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Service Information 315
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
316 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Service Information 317
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PERIGO
Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique, ne
manipulez aucun câble et n'effectuez aucune
opération d'installation, d'entretien ou de
reconfiguration de ce produit au cours d'un
orage.
Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique :
Ÿ
Les cordons d'alimentation du présent
produit et de tous les appareils qui lui
sont connectés doivent être branchés
sur des socles de prise de courant
correctement câblés et mis à la terre.
Afin d'éviter tout risque de choc électrique
provenant d'une différence de potentiel de
terre, n'utilisez qu'une main, lorsque cela est
possible, pour connecter ou déconnecter les
cordons d'interface.
Le courant électrique passant dans les
câbles de communication, ou les cordons
téléphoniques et d'alimentation peut être
dangereux. Pour éviter tout risque de choc
électrique, lorsque vous installez ou que
vous déplacez le présent produit ou des
périphériques qui lui sont raccordés,
reportez-vous aux instructions ci-dessous
pour connecter et déconnecter les différents
cordons.
Connexion
Déconnexion
1. Mettez les unités hors
tension.
1. Mettez les unités hors
tension.
2. Commencez par
brancher tous les
cordons sur les unités.
3. Branchez les câbles
d'interface sur les
prises.
4. Branchez les cordons
d'alimentation sur un
socle de prise de
courant.
2. Commencez pas
débrancher les
cordons alimentation
des socles de prise de
courant.
3. Débranchez les câbles
d'interface des prises.
4. Débranchez tous les
câbles des unités.
5. Mettez les unités sous
tension.
318 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
attention:
Remplacez la pile usagée par une pile de référence
identique exclusivement - voir la référence IBM - ou
par une pile équivalente recommandée par le fabricant.
Si votre système est doté d'un module contenant une
pile au lithium, vous devez le remplacer uniquement
par un module identique, produit par le même
fabricant. La pile contient du lithium et présente donc
un risque d'explosion en cas de mauvaise
manipulation ou utilisation.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ne la jetez pas à l'eau.
Ne l'exposez pas à une température supérieure à
100 °C.
Ÿ
Ne cherchez pas à la réparer ou à la démonter.
Pour la mise au rebut, reportez-vous à la
réglementation en vigueur.
attention:
Si une unité de CD-ROM est installée, prenez
connaissance des informations suivantes :
Pour éviter tout risque d'exposition au rayon laser,
respectez les consignes de réglage et d'utilisation des
commandes, ainsi que les procédures décrites dans le
présent document.
Pour éviter une exposition directe au rayon laser,
n'ouvrez pas l'unité de CD-ROM. Vous ne pouvez
effectuer aucune opération de maintenance à
l'intérieur.
PERIGO
Certaines unités de CD-ROM contiennent une
diode laser de classe 3A ou 3B. Prenez
connaissance des informations suivantes :
Rayonnement laser lorsque le carter est
ouvert. Évitez de regarder fixement le
faisceau ou de l'observer à l'aide
d'instruments optiques. Évitez une exposition
directe au rayon.
Related Service Information 319
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
k32 kg
k55 kg
attention:
Ce produit pèse un poids considérable. Faites-vous
aider pour le soulever.
attention:
Le courant électrique circulant dans les câbles de
communication et les cordons téléphoniques et
d'alimentation peut être dangereux. Pour votre sécurité
et celle de l'équipement, avant de retirer les carters du
serveur, mettez celui-ci hors tension et déconnectez
ses cordons d'alimentation, ainsi que les câbles qui le
relient aux réseaux, aux systèmes de
télécommunication et aux modems (sauf instruction
contraire mentionnée dans les procédures
d'installation et de configuration).
320 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VORSICHT
Aus Sicherheitsgründen bei Gewitter an
diesem Gerät keine Kabel anschließen oder
lösen. Ferner keine Installations-, Wartungs-
oder Rekonfigurationsarbeiten durchführen.
Aus Sicherheitsgründen:
Ÿ
Gerät nur an eine
Schutzkontaktsteckdose mit
ordnungsgemäß geerdetem
Schutzkontakt anschließen.
Ÿ
Alle angeschlossenen Geräte ebenfalls
an Schutzkontaktsteckdosen mit
ordnungsgemäß geerdetem
Schutzkontakt anschließen.
Signalkabel möglichst einhändig anschließen
oder lösen, um einen Stromschlag durch
Berühren von Oberflächen mit
unterschiedlichem elektrischem Potential zu
vermeiden.
Elektrische Spannungen von Netz-, Telefon-
und Datenübertragungsleitungen sind
gefährlich. Um einen Stromschlag zu
vermeiden, nur nach den Anweisungen
arbeiten, die für Installation, Transport oder
Öffnen von Gehäusen dieses Produkts oder
angeschlossenen Einheiten gelten.
Kabel anschließen
Kabel lösen
1. Alle Geräte
1. Alle Geräte
ausschalten.
ausschalten und
Netzstecker ziehen.
2. Zuerst Netzstecker von
Steckdose lösen.
2. Zuerst alle Kabel an
Einheiten anschließen.
3. Signalkabel von
Anschlußbuchsen
lösen.
3. Signalkabel an
Anschlußbuchsen
anschließen.
4. Alle Kabel von
Einheiten lösen.
4. Netzstecker an
Steckdose
anschließen.
5. Gerät einschalten.
Related Service Information 321
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
achtung:
Eine verbrauchte Batterie nur durch eine Batterie mit
der IBM Teilenummer 33F8354 oder durch eine vom
Hersteller empfohlene Batterie ersetzen. Wenn Ihr
System ein Modul mit einer Lithium-Batterie enthält,
ersetzen Sie es immer mit dem selben Modultyp vom
selben Hersteller. Die Batterie enthält Lithium und
kann bei unsachgemäßer Verwendung, Handhabung
oder Entsorgung explodieren.
Die Batterie nicht
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
mit Wasser in Berührung bringen.
über 100 C erhitzen.
reparieren oder zerlegen.
Die örtlichen Bestimmungen für die Entsorgung von
Sondermüll beachten.
achtung:
Wenn ein CD-ROM-Laufwerk installiert ist, beachten
Sie folgendes. Steuer- und Einstellelemente sowie
Verfahren nur entsprechend den Anweisungen im
vorliegenden Handbuch einsetzen. Andernfalls kann
gefährliche Laserstrahlung auftreten.
Das Entfernen der Abdeckungen des
CD-ROM-Laufwerks kann zu gefährlicher
Laserstrahlung führen. Es befinden sich keine Teile
innerhalb des CD-ROM-Laufwerks, die vom Benutzer
gewartet werden müssen. Die Verkleidung des
CD-ROM-Laufwerks nicht öffnen.
VORSICHT
Manche CD-ROM-Laufwerke enthalten eine
eingebaute Laserdiode der Klasse 3A oder
3B. Die nachfolgend aufgeführten Punkte
beachten.
Laserstrahlung bei geöffneter Tür. Niemals
direkt in den Laserstrahl sehen, nicht direkt
mit optischen Instrumenten betrachten und
den Strahlungsbereich meiden.
322 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
k32 kg
k55 kg
achtung:
Beim Anheben der Maschine die vorgeschriebenen
Sicherheitsbestimmungen beachten.
achtung:
An Netz-, Telefon- und Datenleitungen können
gefährliche elektrische Spannungen anliegen. Um eine
Gefährdung des Benutzers oder Beschädigung des
Geräts zu vermeiden, ist der Server auszuschalten. Die
Verbindung zu den angeschlossenen Netzkabeln,
Telekommunikationssystemen, Netzwerken und
Modems ist vor dem Öffnen des Servergehäuses zu
unterbrechen (sofern in Installations- und
Konfigurationsanweisungen nicht anders angegeben).
Related Service Information 323
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PERICOLO
Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche
durante i temporali, non collegare o
scollegare cavi, non effettuare l'installazione,
la manutenzione o la riconfigurazione di
questo prodotto.
Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche:
Ÿ
collegare il cavo di alimentazione ad una
presa elettrica correttamente cablata e
munita di terra di sicurezza;
Ÿ
collegare qualsiasi apparecchiatura
collegata a questo prodotto ad una
presa elettrica correttamente cablata e
munita di terra di sicurezza.
Quando possibile, collegare o scollegare i
cavi di segnale con una sola mano per
evitare il rischio di scosse derivanti dal
contatto con due superfici a diverso
potenziale elettrico.
La corrente elettrica circolante nei cavi di
alimentazione, del telefono e di segnale è
pericolosa. Per evitare scosse elettriche,
collegare e scollegare i cavi come descritto
quando si effettuano l'installazione, la
rimozione o l'apertura dei coperchi di questo
prodotto o durante il collegamento delle
unità.
Per collegare
Per scollegare
1. SPEGNERE tutti i
dispositivi.
1. SPEGNERE tutti i
dispositivi.
2. Collegare prima tutti i
cavi alle unità.
2. Rimuovere prima il(i)
cavo(i) di
alimentazione dalla
presa elettrica.
3. Collegare i cavi di
segnale alle prese.
3. Rimuovere i cavi di
segnale dalle prese.
4. Collegare il(i) cavo(i) di
alimentazione alla
presa elettrica.
4. Rimuovere tutti i cavi
dalle unità.
5. ACCENDERE le unità.
324 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ATTENZIONE:
Quando si sostituisce la batteria, utilizzare solo una
batteria IBM o batterie dello stesso tipo o di tipo
equivalente consigliate dal produttore. Se il sistema di
cui si dispone è provvisto di un modulo contenente
una batteria al litio, sostituire tale batteria solo con un
tipo di modulo uguale a quello fornito dal produttore.
La batteria contiene litio e può esplodere se utilizzata,
maneggiata o smaltita impropriamente.
Evitare di:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Gettarla o immergerla in acqua
Riscaldarla ad una temperatura superiore ai 100°
C
Ÿ
Cercare di ripararla o smaltirla
Smaltire secondo la normativa in vigore (D.Lgs 22 del
5/2/97) e successive disposizioni nazionali e locali.
ATTENZIONE:
Quando è installata un'unità CD-ROM, notare quanto
segue:
L'utilizzo di controlli, regolazioni o l'esecuzione di
procedure non descritti nel presente manuale possono
provocare l'esposizione a radiazioni pericolose.
L'apertura di un'unità CD-ROM può determinare
l'esposizione a radiazioni laser pericolose. All'interno
dell'unità CD-ROM non vi sono parti su cui effettuare
l'assistenza tecnica. Non rimuovere i coperchi
dell'unità CD-ROM.
PERICOLO
Alcune unità CD-ROM contengono all'interno
un diodo laser di Classe 3A o Classe 3B.
Prestare attenzione a quanto segue:
Aprendo l'unità vengono emesse radiazioni
laser. Non fissare il fascio, non guardarlo
direttamente con strumenti ottici ed evitare
l'esposizione diretta al fascio.
Related Service Information 325
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
k32 kg
k55 kg
ATTENZIONE:
Durante il sollevamento della macchina seguire delle
norme di di sicurezza.
ATTENZIONE:
La corrente circolante nei cavi di alimentazione, del
telefono e di segnale è pericolosa. Per evitare
situazioni pericolose per le persone o danneggiamenti
all'apparecchiatura, scollegare i cavi di alimentazione, i
sistemi di telecomunicazioni, le reti e ed i modem
prima di aprire i coperchi del servente se non
diversamente indicato nelle procedure di installazione
e configurazione.
326 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Service Information 327
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
328 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PELIGRO
Para evitar una posible descarga eléctrica, no
conecte ni desconecte los cables ni lleve a
cabo ninguna operación de instalación, de
mantenimiento o de reconfiguración de este
producto durante una tormenta eléctrica.
Para evitar una posible descarga:
Ÿ
El cable de alimentación debe
conectarse a un receptáculo con una
instalación eléctrica correcta y con toma
de tierra.
Ÿ
Los aparatos a los que se conecte este
producto también deben estar
conectados a receptáculos con la debida
instalación eléctrica.
Cuando sea posible, utilice una sola mano
para conectar o desconectar los cables de
señal a fin de evitar una posible descarga al
tocar dos superficies con distinto potencial
eléctrico.
La corriente eléctrica de los cables de
comunicaciones, teléfono y alimentación
puede resultar peligrosa. Para evitar una
posible descarga, siga las indicaciones de
conexión y desconexión de los cables
siempre que tenga que instalar, mover o abrir
las cubiertas de este producto o de los
dispositivos acoplados.
Instrucciones de conexión
Instrucciones de
desconexión
1. Apague todos los
componentes (OFF).
2. En primer lugar,
conecte todos los
cables a los
1. Encienda todos los
componentes (ON).
2. En primer lugar, retire
los cables de
dispositivos.
3. Conecte los cables de
señal a los
alimentación de las
tomas.
3. Retire los cables de
señal de los
receptáculos.
4. Conecte los cables de
alimentación a las
tomas.
receptáculos.
4. Retire todos los cables
de los dispositivos.
5. Encienda el dispositivo
(ON).
Related Service Information 329
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
percaución:
Al cambiar la batería, utilice únicamente la batería IBM
Número de pieza 33F8354 o un tipo de batería
equivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Si el
sistema tiene un módulo que contiene una batería de
litio, sustitúyalo únicamente por el mismo tipo de
módulo del mismo fabricante. La batería contiene litio
y puede explotar si no se utiliza, manipula o desecha
correctamente.
Lo que no debe hacer
Ÿ
Ÿ
Tirar o sumergir el producto en agua.
Exponer el producto a una temperatura superior a
100°C.
Ÿ
Reparar o desmontar el producto.
Cuando quiera desechar la batería, siga las
disposiciones y reglamentaciones locales.
percaución:
Cuando instale una unidad de CD-ROM, tenga en
cuenta la siguiente información.
Si se llevan a cabo controles o ajustes o se utilizan
métodos que no se atengan a lo aquí especificado, se
puede producir una exposición peligrosa a las
radiaciones.
Si se retiran las cubiertas de la unidad de CD-ROM, se
puede producir una peligrosa exposición a radiaciones
de láser. Dentro de la unidad de CD-ROM no existen
piezas reparables. No retire las cubiertas de la unidad
de CD-ROM.
PELIGRO
Algunas unidades de CD-ROM tienen
incorporado un diodo de láser de Clase 3A o
de Clase 3B Tenga en cuenta la siguiente
información.
Cuando la unidad está abierta se generan
emisiones de rayos láser. No dirija la mirada
al haz, no lo observe directamente con
instrumentos ópticos y evite la exposición
directa.
330 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
k32 kg
k55 kg
percaución:
Alce la máquina con cuidado; el sobrepeso podría
causar alguna lesión.
percaución:
La corriente eléctrica de los cables de
comunicaciones, de teléfono y de alimentación puede
resultar peligrosa. Para evitar posibles lesiones o
daños del aparato, desconecte los cables de
alimentación, los sistemas de telecomunicaciones, las
redes y los módems antes de abrir las cubiertas del
servidor, salvo que se indique lo contrario en las
instrucciones de las operaciones de instalación y
configuración.
Related Service Information 331
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety information
The following section contains the safety information that
you need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM
mobile computer.
General safety
Follow these rules to ensure general safety:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Observe good housekeeping in the area of the
machines during and after maintenance.
When lifting any heavy object:
1. Ensure you can stand safely without slipping.
2. Distribute the weight of the object equally
between your feet.
3. Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly
or twist when you attempt to lift.
4. Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg
muscles; this action removes the strain from the
muscles in your back. Do not attempt to lift any
objects that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb) or
objects that you think are too heavy for you.
Do not perform any action that causes hazards to the
customer, or that makes the equipment unsafe.
Before you start the machine, ensure that other
service representatives and the customer's personnel
are not in a hazardous position.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Place removed covers and other parts in a safe
place, away from all personnel, while you are
servicing the machine.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that
other people will not trip over it.
Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in the
moving parts of a machine. Ensure that your sleeves
are fastened or rolled up above your elbows. If your
hair is long, fasten it.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothing
or fasten it with a nonconductive clip, approximately 8
centimeters (3 inches) from the end.
Do not wear jewelry, chains, metal-frame eyeglasses,
or metal fasteners for your clothing.
Remember: Metal objects are good electrical
conductors.
Ÿ
Wear safety glasses when you are: hammering,
drilling soldering, cutting wire, attaching springs, using
solvents, or working in any other conditions that might
be hazardous to your eyes.
Ÿ
Ÿ
After service, reinstall all safety shields, guards,
labels, and ground wires. Replace any safety device
that is worn or defective.
Reinstall all covers correctly before returning the
machine to the customer.
332 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Electrical safety
Observe the following rules when working on electrical
equipment.
Important
Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some
hand tools have handles covered with a soft material
that does not insulate you when working with live
electrical currents.
Many customers have, near their equipment, rubber
floor mats that contain small conductive fibers to
decrease electrostatic discharges. Do not use this
type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.
Ÿ
Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,
disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet. If an
electrical accident occurs, you can then operate the
switch or unplug the power cord quickly.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or
near equipment that has hazardous voltages.
Disconnect all power before:
–
–
–
Performing a mechanical inspection
Working near power supplies
Removing or installing main units
Ÿ
Ÿ
Before you start to work on the machine, unplug the
power cord. If you cannot unplug it, ask the customer
to power-off the wall box that supplies power to the
machine and to lock the wall box in the off position.
If you need to work on a machine that has exposed
electrical circuits, observe the following precautions:
–
Ensure that another person, familiar with the
power-off controls, is near you.
Remember: Another person must be there to
switch off the power, if necessary.
–
Use only one hand when working with
powered-on electrical equipment; keep the other
hand in your pocket or behind your back.
Remember: There must be a complete circuit to
cause electrical shock. By observing the above
rule, you may prevent a current from passing
through your body.
–
–
When using testers, set the controls correctly
and use the approved probe leads and
accessories for that tester.
Stand on suitable rubber mats (obtained locally,
if necessary) to insulate you from grounds such
as metal floor strips and machine frames.
Observe the special safety precautions when you
work with very high voltages; these instructions are in
the safety sections of maintenance information. Use
extreme care when measuring high voltages.
Related Service Information 333
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand
tools for safe operational condition.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not use worn or broken tools and testers.
Never assume that power has been disconnected
from a circuit. First, check that it has been
powered-off.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Always look carefully for possible hazards in your
work area. Examples of these hazards are moist
floors, nongrounded power extension cables, power
surges, and missing safety grounds.
Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective
surface of a plastic dental mirror. The surface is
conductive; such touching can cause personal injury
and machine damage.
Do not service the following parts with the power on
when they are removed from their normal operating
places in a machine:
–
–
–
–
Power supply units
Pumps
Blowers and fans
Motor generators
and similar units. (This practice ensures correct
grounding of the units.)
Ÿ
Ÿ
If an electrical accident occurs:
–
Use caution; do not become a victim
yourself.
–
–
Switch off power.
Send another person to get medical aid.
Asset ID allows the computer to be scanned by
various radio frequency emitting devices supplied by
independent companies. Asset ID is intended for use
only with radio frequency equipment that meets
ANSI/IEEE C95.1 1992 RF Radiation Limits.
Safety Inspection Guide
The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in
identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products.
Each machine, as it was designed and built, had required
safety items installed to protect users and service
personnel from injury. This guide addresses only those
items. However, good judgment should be used to identify
potential safety hazards due to attachment of non-IBM
features or options not covered by this inspection guide.
If any unsafe conditions are present, you must determine
how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether
you can continue without first correcting the problem.
Consider these conditions and the safety hazards they
present:
Ÿ
Electrical hazards, especially primary power (primary
voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal
electrical shock).
334 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or
bulging capacitor
Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing
hardware
The guide consists of a series of steps presented in a
checklist. Begin the checks with the power off, and the
power cord disconnected.
Checklist:
1. Check exterior covers for damage (loose, broken, or
sharp edges).
2. Power-off the computer. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Check the power cord for:
a. A third-wire ground connector in good condition.
Use a meter to measure third-wire ground
continuity for 0.1 ohm or less between the
external ground pin and frame ground.
b. The power cord should be the appropriate type
as specified in the parts listings.
c. Insulation must not be frayed or worn.
4. Remove the cover.
5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Use
good judgment as to the safety of any non-IBM
alterations.
6. Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe
conditions, such as metal filings, contamination, water
or other liquids, or signs of fire or smoke damage.
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.
8. Check that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws
or rivets) have not been removed or tampered with.
Related Service Information 335
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Handling electrostatic
discharge-sensitive devices
Any computer part containing transistors or integrated
circuits (ICs) should be considered sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD). ESD damage can occur when there is a
difference in charge between objects. Protect against ESD
damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine, the
part, the work mat, and the person handling the part are all
at the same charge.
Notes:
1. Use product-specific ESD procedures when they
exceed the requirements noted here.
2. Make sure that the ESD protective devices you use
have been certified (ISO 9000) as fully effective.
When handling ESD-sensitive parts:
Ÿ
Keep the parts in protective packages until they are
inserted into the product.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Avoid contact with other people.
Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin to
eliminate static on your body.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Prevent the part from touching your clothing. Most
clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when
you are wearing a wrist strap.
Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide
a static-free work surface. The mat is especially
useful when handling ESD-sensitive devices.
Use the ESD ground cord, FRU 25F9727, to protect
the computer against ESD.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select a grounding system, such as those listed
below, to provide protection that meets the specific
service requirement.
Note: The use of a grounding system is desirable
but not required to protect against ESD
damage.
–
Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground,
ground braid, or green-wire ground.
–
Use an ESD common ground or reference point
when working on a double-insulated or
battery-operated system. You can use coax or
connector-outside shells on these systems.
Use the round ground-prong of the AC plug on
AC-operated computers.
–
Grounding requirements
Electrical grounding of the computer is required for
operator safety and correct system function. Proper
grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by a
certified electrician.
336 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Miscellaneous information
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms
Term
Information
ACPA/A
ADP
AGP
Audio Capture and Playback Adapter
Automatic Data Processing
Advanced Graphics Port
Alt
Alternate
ANSI
ARTIC
ASCII
American National Standards Institute
A Real Time Interface Coprocessor
American National Standard Code for Interface
Interchange
AT
AVC
BIOS
Advanced Technology (as in AT Bus)
Audio Video Connection
Basic Input/Output System (Controls System
Resources)
bps
Bits Per Second
BPS
CCITT
Bytes Per Second
The International Telephone and Telegraph
Consultative Committee
CCS
Common Command Set
CCSB
CCSB
CD
Common Complete Status Block
Configuration Control Sub Board
Compact Disc
CDPD
CD-ROM
CGA
Cellular Digital Packet Data
CD Read Only Memory (stores data/audio)
Color Graphics Adapter (See EGA, VGA, XGA)
Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRC
CRT
Cathode Ray Tube
CSA
CSD
DASD
DMA
DRAM
ECA
Canadian Standards Association
Corrective Service Diskette
Direct Access Storage Device (hard disk, diskette)
Direct Memory Access
Dynamic Random Access Memory
Engineering Change Announcement
Error Correction Code
ECC
EGA
ESD
Enhanced Graphics Adapter
Electrostatic Discharge
ESDI
EEPROM
Enhanced Small Device Interface
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only
Memory
EWS
FRU
GPIB
GSA
Ht
Energy Work Station
Field Replaceable Unit (replaceable part)
General Purpose Interface Bus (IEEE 348)
General Services Administration
Height
IDE
IC
Integrated Drive Electronics
Integrated Circuit
IEEE
IEC
IML
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
International Electrotechnical Commission
Initial Machine Load
IPL
Initial Program Load
ISA
Industry Standard Architecture
International Organization for Standardization
Integrated-Services Digital Network
Local Area Network
Local Block Address
Local Transfer Bus
ISO
ISDN
LAN
LBA
LTB
LUN
MAP
Logical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
Maintenance Analysis Procedure
Related Service Information 337
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Term
Information
MCGA
Modified Color Graphics Adapter
(320 x 200 x 256)
MCA
MHz
MIDI
MM
Micro Channel Architecture (bus structure)
Mega Hertz (million cycles per second)
Musical Instrument Digital Interface
Multimedia
N/A
Not Available or Not Applicable
National Distribution Division
Network Driver Interface Specification
Non-Maskable Interrupt
NDD
NDIS
NMI
NSC
NVRAM
OEM
PCI
National Support Center
Non Volatile Random Access Memory
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Peripheral component interconnect
Personal Computer Memory Card
International Association
PCMCIA
POS
PUN
RAID
Programmable Option Select
Physical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks
(disk array models)
RAM
RGB
RIPL
ROM
SASD
SCB
Random Access Memory (read/write)
Red Green Blue (as in monitors)
Remote Initial Program Load
Read Only Memory
Sequential Access Storage Device (Tape)
Subsystem Control Block
SCSI
SCSI ID
Small Computer Systems Interface
SCSI Identification Number
(assigned device number)
SPD
SR
Software Product Description
Service Representative
SRAM
SVGA
STN
T/A
Static Random Access Memory
Super Video Graphics Array
Super Twisted Nematic
NDD Technical Advisor
(See your Marketing Representative)
Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
Thin-Film Transistor
TDD
TFT
TPF
ThinkPad File
TSR
UL
Terminate and Stay Resident
Underwriters Laboratory
VCA
VESA
VGA
VPD
VRAM
WORM
XGA
Y/C
Video Capture Adapter
Video Electronics Standards Association
Video Graphics Array (640x480x16)
Vital Product Data
Video Random Access Memory
Write Once, Read Many Media
Extended Graphics Array (1024 x 768 x 256)
Luminance/Chrominance Signal (Video)
338 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Send us your comments!
We want to know your opinion about this manual (part
number 09N8605). Your input will help us to improve our
publications.
Please photocopy this survey, complete it, and then fax it
to IBM HMM Survey at 919-543-8167 (USA).
Name
Phone Number
1. Do you like this manual?
_____ Yes
_____ No
2. What would you like to see added, changed, or
deleted in this manual?
3. What is your service experience level?
_____ Less than five years
_____ More than five years
4. Which computers do you service most?
Thanks in advance for your response!
Related Service Information 339
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Do you need technical references?
We have a wide range of hardware technical references
that provide in-depth information about IBM personal
computer products. Our Technical Reference Library
includes information about:
Ÿ
Micro Channel, Setup, and Subsystem Control Block
architectures
Ÿ
Common interfaces (including microprocessors,
system timers, parallel and serial port controllers,
keyboards and keystrokes, SCSI, DMA, video, and
more)
Ÿ
Specific Personal System/2 systems (including
system board connectors, jumpers, memory
subsystems, I/O subsystems, programming interfaces
and registers, and error codes)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Basic input/output system (BIOS)
Options and adapters
Note
Technical information manuals for the latest
Commercial Desktop computers are available on the
World Wide Web at:
http://www.ibm.com/support
These publications can be viewed online in PDF
format.
340 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Problem determination tips
Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations
that can be encountered, use the following information to
assist you in problem determination.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Verify any recent hardware changes. See “Hardware
considerations” on page 342.
Verify any recent software changes. See “Software
considerations” on page 343.
Verify the BIOS is at the latest level. See “BIOS” on
page 343.
Verify the drivers are at latest levels. See “Drivers”
on page 343.
Verify the Configuration matches hardware. See
“System resource conflicts” on page 344.
Verify the Diagnostic diskette is at latest level. See
“File updates” on page 342.
As you go through problem determination, consider these
questions:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do diagnostics fail?
What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?
Is the failure repeatable?
Has this configuration ever worked?
If it has been working, what changes were made prior
to it failing?
Ÿ
Is this the original reported failure?
Important
To eliminate confusion, systems are considered
identical only if they:
1. Are the exact machine type and model
2. Have the same BIOS level
3. Have the same adapters/attachments in the
same locations
4. Have the same address
jumpers/terminators/cabling
5. Have the same software versions and levels
6. Have the same Reference/Diagnostics Diskette
(version)
7. Have the same configuration options set in the
system
8. Have the same setup for the operation system
control files
Comparing the configuration and software set-up
between “working and non-working” systems will often
lead to problem resolution.
Related Service Information 341
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
File updates
Use the World Wide Web (WWW) to download Diagnostic,
BIOS Flash, and Device Driver files.
For PC Series 300/700 and IntelliStation systems, the
WWW address is:
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/files.html
For IBM PC Servers, the WWW address is:
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/servers/
Hardware considerations
Use the following tools to help identify and resolve
hardware-related problems:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on self-test (POST)
POST Beep codes
Test programs
Error messages
POST does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks some basic system board operations
Checks the memory operation
Starts the video operation
Verifies that the diskette drive is working
Verifies that the hard disk drive is working
Use the test programs that come with this HMM or with the
system you are servicing to test the IBM components of
the system and some external devices. Also, from the
DOS command or from OS/2 Utilities, use the CHKDSK
command to check and repair hard disk data allocation
errors.
Error messages generated by the software, (the operating
system or application programs), generally are text
messages, however, error messages can be text, numeric,
or both text and numeric.
Any time there is an error message indicating a problem
with the system, follow the General Checkout procedures
in this HMM to resolve the problem.
Basically, there are five types of error messages:
Ÿ
Ÿ
POST error messages are displayed when the
POST finds problems with the hardware or detects a
change in the hardware configuration.
POST Beep codes are sounds emitted from the
speaker if the POST finds a problem. One beep
indicates the POST completed successfully. Multiple
beeps indicate a problem was found.
Ÿ
Diagnostic error messages are displayed when a
test program finds a problem with a hardware
component.
342 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Software-generated error messages are displayed if
a problem or conflict is found by an application
program, the operating system, or both. For an
explanation of these messages, refer to the
information supplied with the installed software
package. Also, refer to “Software considerations.”
Multiple messages occur when the first error causes
additional errors. Follow the suggested action of the
first error displayed.
Software considerations
Suspect a software failure if:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Hardware diagnostics run error-free.
Swapping hardware components fails to isolate the
problem.
A software problem might be the result of a mismatch
between the hardware and the operating system
device drivers or direct drivers.
BIOS: The BIOS acts as an interface between the
system hardware, application software, and the
operating system.
BIOS contains the instructions to operate the basic system
components:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Keyboard
Serial and parallel ports
Diskette drive
Hard disk drive
VGA display
Clock
Memory controller
The BIOS then starts the IPL or Boot functions.
Drivers: Device drivers are the BIOS for additional
hardware. Device drivers are the communicators of the
hardware assignments to the operating system, including:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
IRQ level
DMA channel
I/O address
ROM or RAM
Some device drivers like HIMEM.SYS are position
sensitive and must be placed before other device drivers in
the CONFIG.SYS file.
All device drivers are not found in the CONFIG.SYS file.
Advanced operating systems use .INI files to setup and
start devices.
Device drivers can access the hardware five ways.
Ÿ
Operating system direct to hardware using a
direct driver. Direct drivers, which bypass BIOS,
Related Service Information 343
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
have the advantage of faster throughput, but the
disadvantage of limited error-handling capability and
reduced software and hardware compatibility and
flexibility. This method is not used in the IBM PC
Series systems.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Operating system to BIOS to hardware. This is the
recommended way. It's the most flexible because it's
independent of the hardware.
Applications to operating system to BIOS to
hardware. This method is inflexible and operating
system dependent.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Applications to BIOS to hardware. This method
has some flexibility but it is BIOS dependent.
Applications to hardware. This method is hardware
dependent and very inflexible, however, it is very fast,
very efficient, and it has no overhead.
Adding adapters to the system
When adapters are added to the system, an area in
memory has to be allocated to run its programs. This can
be done with either hardware switches or software
mapping.
If there is a conflict in software mapping:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The first device to attach to an IRQ, DMA, I/O
Address, or RAM location will probably function. The
second device will not be found.
Standalone diagnostics might function properly
because the device that was found is the only device
running.
Software configuration conflicts occur when:
Ÿ
Hardware is configured differently then the software
using it expects it to be.
Ÿ
Hardware memory address space is in conflict with
memory used by the application software.
System resource conflicts
System failures occur when there are system resource
conflicts with the:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Interrupt Request Queue (IRQ)
Direct Memory Access (DMA)
I/O Address
ROM and RAM Addresses
IRQ:
Ÿ
Assigns a unique interrupt request line to every I/O
device (line numbers range from 0 to 15).
Interrupts the processor to force it to service the
request.
Handles interrupts on a priority basis (low numbers
have the highest priority).
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Queues interrupt request.
344 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IRQ conflicts occur when there are multiple assignments
to the same interrupt level. If there is an IRQ conflict,
the system will hang. Use the systems diagnostics to
check for multiple assignments to the same interrupt level
before replacing any hardware component.
DMA:
Ÿ
Accesses the memory by bypassing the
processor, which allows the processor more time for
applications and programs.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Accesses memory directly from the serial and parallel
ports on some systems.
Accesses memory directly from some adapters
using a DMA channel, which allows the adapter to
operate faster.
Ÿ
Provides from 4 to 15 DMA channels, the number
varies depending on the system.
If multiple assignments of the same DMA channel
occur, the system will hang. Use the system diagnostics
to check for multiple assignments to the same DMA
channel before replacing any hardware components.
I/O Address:
A unique I/O address is assigned to each system
component.
If multiple assignments of the same I/O address occur, the
system will hang. Use the DOS MEM command to check
for multiple assignments to the same I/O address before
replacing any hardware component.
ROM and RAM Addresses:
Adapter cards with processors can contain RAM and ROM.
If the adapter cards have onboard memory, the:
Ÿ
ROM contains operating instructions for the adapter
I/O.
Ÿ
RAM is used for buffering.
Two adapters using the same memory area will cause
a failure. This failure might appear as a hardware failure.
The IRQ levels, DMA channels, I/O address, and ROM
and RAM addresses all become potential conflicts and
system problems. When conflicts arise, they might show
up as system hangs, lost or missing devices, incorrect or
bad data, or failing diagnostics. Always eliminate
conflicts in these areas before replacing any hardware
components.
Related Service Information 345
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
U.S. Authorized Dealers or Servicers
Number
Information
800-528-7705
800-937-3737
800-426-2472
Bulletin Board Service - TSS Only
IBM Business Partner Education
IBM Customer Engineer Technical
Support
800-IBM-DEAL
800-342-6672
303-924-4015
800-426-7763
800-237-5511
800-327-5711
800-426-1484
800-388-7080
IBM Dealer Support Center
IBM Direct Desktop Software Sales
IBM Part Number ID and Look Up
IBM PC HelpCenter
IBM Software Defect Support (CSDs)
IBM Software Ordering (Publications)
IBM Supplies Technical Hotline
IBM Warranty Parts Claims Center
U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
Number
Information
800-426-8322
800-999-0052
800-237-4824
800-964-8523
800-742-2493
800-447-4700
800-426-2468
800-426-3333
800-IBM-SERV
800-772-2227
800-426-7282
800-426-9402
(Ext. 150)
Customer Education Business Unit
Customized Operational Services
EduQuest (Educational Computers)
End User HelpDesk Support
IBM Anti-Virus Services
IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals
IBM Dealer Referral
IBM Information Referral Service
IBM Service
IBM PC HelpCenter and HelpDesk
IBM Technical Manuals
Multimedia Information Center
800-241-1620
800-342-6672
800-237-5511
800-284-5933
914-962-0310
800-547-1283
Multimedia HelpCenter
OS/2 Information Line
OS/2 Support Services
Prodigy
Prodigy User Questions
Technical Coordinator Program
SystemXtra for Personal Systems
LAN Automated Distribution/2
OS/2 Bulletin Board
OS/2 Application Assistance Center
Technical Solutions Magazine
800-551-2832
Note
Calls from outside the U.S. will be charged
international call rates.
346 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
Number
Information
800-661-PSMT
905-316-5556
Business Partner Marketing Support
Business Partner Marketing Support -
Toronto
514-938-6048
Business Partner Marketing Support -
French
800-465-4YOU
800-IBM-SERV
800-263-2769
800-465-2222
416-443-5701
800-505-1855
800-465-7999
800-565-3344
905-513-3355
Customer Relations
Customer Service Dispatch
Customer Service Parts
Customer Support Center (ISC)
Customer Service Repair Centre
Dealer Support Group (DSG)
HelpClub Registration / IBM Direct
HelpPC
IBM Certification Administrator
Mail to: 50 Acadia Drive
Markham, Ontario L3R 0B3
IBM Education (A+ Course)
IBM Information Network Support
IBM PC Service Partners
International Warranty Registration
Lexmark Product Information
PartnerLine
800-661-2131
800-268-3100
800-387-8343
800-487-7426
800-663-7662
800-IBM-9990
800-263-2769
416-443-5808
(Fax)
Parts Orders, Exchange or Emergency
Parts Regular Orders, Exchange
416-443-5755
514-938-3022
905-316-4255
604-664-6464
204-934-2735
800-661-7768
800-565-3344
800-387-8483
800-465-1234
905-316-4148
905-316-4100
(Fax)
Parts Orders, Inquiries
PC Co Bulletin Board - Montreal
PC Co Bulletin Board - Markham
PC Co Bulletin Board - Vancouver
PC Co Bulletin Board - Winnepeg
PS Marketing Support (PSMT)
PS/1 Warranty Customer Helpline
PS/1 Warranty Service (DOAs)
Publications Ordering
Service Management Support
Service Management Support
905-316-4150
905-316-4100
(Fax)
Service (Warranty) Manager
Service (Warranty) Manager
905-316-4872
905-316-4100
(Fax)
Service Quality Programs
Service Quality Programs
800-661-2131
800-565-3344
416-443-5835
(Fax)
Skill Dynamics (Education)
ThinkPad EasyServe
Warranty Claim Fulfillment
905-316-2445
905-316-3515
(Fax)
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
416-443-5778
800-505-1855
800-267-7472
Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry
Warranty Provider Support Hotline
Warranty Service, ThinkPad
Related Service Information 347
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notices
References in this publication to IBM products, programs,
or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these
available in all countries in which IBM operates. Any
reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not
intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Subject to IBM’s valid
intellectual property or other legally protectable rights, any
functionally equivalent product, program, or service may be
used instead of the IBM product, program, or service. The
evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with
other products, except those expressly designated by IBM,
are the responsibility of the user.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications
covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing
of this document does not give you any license to these
patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
North Castle Drive
Armonk, NY 10504-1785
U.S.A.
348 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the International
Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries:
Aptiva
Asset ID
AT
BookManager
FaxConcentrator
HelpFax
Business Partner
HelpCenter
HelpWare
EduQuest
HelpClub
IBM
IntelliStation
OS/2
Personal System/2
PS/2
SelectaSystem
SystemXtra
TrackPoint II
Micro Channel
PC 300
Portmaster
PS/ValuePoint
Skill Dynamics
ThinkPad
NetView
PC 700
PS/1
Rapid Resume
SystemView
TrackPoint
XGA
Wake on LAN
ActionMedia, Celeron, LANDesk, MMX, Pentium, and
ProShare are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel
Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo
are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Other company, product, and service names used in this
publication may be trademarks or service marks of others.
Related Service Information 349
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
350 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation Vol 3 HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM
Part Number: 09N8605
Printed in U.S.A.
ð9N86ð5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|